Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 18478:94223687df0e
Added tag v8.1.2233 for changeset e93cab5d0f0f27fad7882f1f412927df055b090d
| author | Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 29 Oct 2019 04:30:05 +0100 |
| parents | 506bf60a30a0 |
| children | e1f4e9d78a6a |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
|
10042
4aead6a9b7a9
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/edf3f97ae2af024708ebb4ac614227327033ca47
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9939
diff
changeset
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: |
| 7 | 2 * |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
| 1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
| 32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
| 33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 35 */ | |
| 7 | 36 |
| 37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
| 38 #include "vim.h" | |
| 39 | |
| 593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
| 41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
| 42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
| 7 | 43 |
| 4352 | 44 /* Compile as CodeWarrior External Editor */ |
| 7 | 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) |
| 46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
| 47 #endif | |
| 48 | |
| 9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
| 50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
51 #define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode |
| 9 | 52 |
| 7 | 53 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 54 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 55 | |
| 766 | 56 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 57 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 58 |
| 59 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
60 # if 0 |
| 1702 | 61 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 62 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 63 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
64 # endif |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
65 |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
66 # define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) |
| 1562 | 67 |
| 68 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 69 | |
| 70 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 71 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 72 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 73 | |
| 74 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 75 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 76 | |
| 77 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 78 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 79 | |
| 80 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 81 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 82 | |
| 83 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 84 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 85 | |
| 168 | 86 #endif |
| 87 | |
| 7 | 88 |
| 89 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
| 90 #include <Menus.h> | |
| 91 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 92 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 93 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 94 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 95 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 96 #endif | |
| 97 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 98 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 99 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
| 100 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
| 101 #endif | |
| 102 | |
| 593 | 103 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
| 104 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
| 105 # if 0 | |
| 7 | 106 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
| 593 | 107 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 108 # endif | |
| 7 | 109 |
| 110 /* | |
| 593 | 111 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 112 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 113 */ |
| 114 #define kNothing 0 | |
| 115 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
| 116 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
| 117 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 118 | |
| 119 /* | |
| 120 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 121 */ | |
| 122 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 123 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 124 | |
| 125 | |
| 126 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
| 127 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
| 128 | |
| 129 /* ??? */ | |
| 130 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
| 131 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 132 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 133 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 134 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 135 | |
| 136 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
| 137 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
| 138 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
| 139 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
| 140 */ | |
| 141 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 142 | |
| 143 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
| 144 static short clickIsPopup; | |
| 145 | |
| 146 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
| 147 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
| 148 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 149 | |
| 150 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
| 151 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 152 | |
| 1572 | 153 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
| 154 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 155 | |
| 13 | 156 static struct |
| 157 { | |
| 158 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 159 FMFontSize size; | |
| 160 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 161 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 162 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 163 |
| 766 | 164 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 165 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 166 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 167 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 168 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; |
| 168 | 169 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
170 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
| 168 | 171 #endif |
| 172 | |
| 7 | 173 /* Colors Macros */ |
| 174 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
| 175 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 176 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 177 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 178 | |
| 179 /* Key mapping */ | |
| 180 | |
| 181 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
| 182 | |
| 183 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
| 184 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
| 185 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
| 186 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
| 187 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
| 188 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
| 189 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
| 190 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
| 191 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 192 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 193 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 194 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 195 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 196 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 197 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 198 | |
| 199 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
| 200 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
| 201 | |
| 202 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
| 203 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
| 204 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 205 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
| 206 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
| 207 | |
| 208 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
| 209 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
| 210 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 211 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
| 212 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
| 213 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
| 214 | |
| 215 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
| 216 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
| 217 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
| 218 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
| 219 | |
| 220 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 221 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 222 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 223 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 224 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 225 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 226 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 227 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 228 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 229 | |
| 230 #define KeySym char | |
| 231 | |
| 232 static struct | |
| 233 { | |
| 234 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 235 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 236 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 237 } special_keys[] = | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 240 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 241 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 242 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 243 | |
| 244 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 245 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 246 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 247 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 248 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 249 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 250 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 254 | |
| 255 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 259 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 260 | |
| 261 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
| 262 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
| 263 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
|
12716
351cf7c67bbe
patch 8.0.1236: Mac features are confusing
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12515
diff
changeset
|
264 /* {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, */ |
| 7 | 265 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, |
| 266 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 267 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 268 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 269 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
| 270 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
| 271 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
| 272 | |
| 273 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 274 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 275 | |
| 276 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 277 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
| 278 }; | |
| 279 | |
| 280 /* | |
| 281 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 282 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 283 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 284 */ | |
| 285 | |
| 286 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 287 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 288 #endif |
| 289 | |
| 1106 | 290 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 291 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 292 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 293 #endif | |
| 294 | |
| 1562 | 295 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 296 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 297 #endif | |
| 298 | |
| 7 | 299 /* |
| 300 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 301 * Conversion Utility | |
| 302 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 303 */ | |
| 304 | |
| 305 /* | |
| 306 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 307 * | |
| 308 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 309 * into a pascal string | |
| 310 * | |
| 311 */ | |
| 312 | |
| 593 | 313 char_u * |
| 314 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 315 { |
| 316 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 317 int len; | |
| 318 | |
| 319 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 320 return NULL; | |
| 321 | |
| 322 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 323 | |
| 324 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 325 len = 255; | |
| 326 | |
| 327 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 328 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 329 { | |
| 330 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 331 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 332 } | |
| 333 | |
| 334 return PascalString; | |
| 335 } | |
| 336 | |
| 337 /* | |
| 338 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 339 * | |
| 340 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 341 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 342 * | |
| 343 */ | |
| 344 | |
| 593 | 345 char_u * |
| 346 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 347 { |
| 348 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 349 int len; | |
| 350 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 351 | |
| 352 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 353 | |
| 354 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 355 len = 255; | |
| 356 | |
| 357 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 358 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 359 { | |
| 360 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 361 { | |
| 362 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 363 c++; | |
| 364 *p = *c; | |
| 365 p++; | |
| 366 len++; | |
| 367 } | |
| 368 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 369 } | |
| 370 | |
| 371 return PascalString; | |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /* | |
| 375 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 376 */ | |
| 377 | |
| 378 int_u | |
| 379 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 382 | |
| 383 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 384 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 385 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 386 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 387 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 388 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 389 #if 0 | |
| 390 /* Not yet supported */ | |
| 391 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 392 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
| 393 #endif | |
| 394 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 395 } | |
| 396 | |
| 397 /* | |
| 398 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 399 */ | |
| 400 | |
| 401 static int_u | |
| 402 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 405 | |
| 406 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 407 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 408 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 409 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 410 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 411 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 412 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
| 413 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 414 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
| 415 #endif | |
| 416 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 417 } | |
| 418 | |
| 419 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
| 420 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
| 421 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 422 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 423 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 424 * | |
| 425 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 426 */ | |
| 427 static int | |
| 428 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 429 { | |
| 430 int pixels; | |
| 431 int points = 0; | |
| 432 int divisor = 0; | |
| 433 | |
| 434 while (*str) | |
| 435 { | |
| 436 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 437 { | |
| 438 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
| 439 divisor = 1; | |
| 440 continue; | |
| 441 } | |
| 442 | |
| 443 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 444 break; | |
| 445 | |
| 446 points *= 10; | |
| 447 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 448 divisor *= 10; | |
| 449 | |
| 450 ++str; | |
| 451 } | |
| 452 | |
| 453 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 454 divisor = 1; | |
| 455 | |
| 456 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 457 *end = str; | |
| 458 return pixels; | |
| 459 } | |
| 460 | |
| 766 | 461 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 462 /* |
| 463 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 464 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 465 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 466 */ | |
| 467 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 468 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 469 { |
| 470 CFStringRef name; | |
| 471 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 472 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 473 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 474 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 475 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 476 | |
| 477 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 478 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 479 |
| 480 if (name) | |
| 481 { | |
| 482 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
| 483 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
| 484 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
| 485 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 486 | |
| 487 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 488 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 489 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 490 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 491 { | |
| 492 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 493 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 494 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 495 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 496 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 497 { | |
| 498 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 499 if (cleanedName) | |
| 500 { | |
| 501 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 502 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 503 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 504 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 505 | |
| 506 CFRelease(name); | |
| 507 name = cleanedName; | |
| 508 } | |
| 509 } | |
| 510 } | |
| 511 } | |
| 512 | |
| 513 return name; | |
| 514 } | |
| 515 #endif | |
| 516 | |
| 7 | 517 /* |
| 518 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 519 * character strings. | |
| 520 */ | |
| 521 | |
| 593 | 522 char_u ** |
| 523 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 524 { |
| 525 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 526 OSErr newError; | |
| 527 long fileCount; | |
| 528 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 529 long actualSize; | |
| 530 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 531 DescType dummyType; | |
| 532 | |
| 533 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
| 534 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
| 535 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 536 return fnames; |
| 7 | 537 |
| 538 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
|
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
539 fnames = ALLOC_MULT(char_u *, *numFiles); |
| 7 | 540 |
| 541 /* Empty out the list */ | |
| 542 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 543 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 544 | |
| 545 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
| 546 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 547 { | |
| 548 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
| 549 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
| 550 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 551 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 552 if (newError) | |
| 553 { | |
| 554 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
| 555 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
| 1107 | 556 return fnames; |
| 7 | 557 } |
| 558 | |
| 559 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
| 9 | 560 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 561 } |
| 562 | |
| 563 return (fnames); | |
| 564 } | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /* | |
| 567 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 568 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 569 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 570 */ | |
| 571 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 572 | |
| 573 /* | |
| 574 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 575 * | |
| 576 * Description | |
| 577 * ----------- | |
| 578 * | |
| 579 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 580 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 581 * | |
| 582 * Event Reply | |
| 583 * ----------- | |
| 584 * | |
| 585 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 586 * | |
| 587 * Remarks | |
| 588 * ------- | |
| 589 * | |
| 590 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 591 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 592 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 593 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 594 * |
| 595 */ | |
| 596 | |
| 597 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
| 598 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 599 { | |
| 600 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 601 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 602 }; | |
| 603 | |
| 9 | 604 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 605 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 606 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 607 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 608 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 609 { |
| 610 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 611 buf_T *buf; | |
| 612 int foundFile = false; | |
| 613 DescType typeCode; | |
| 614 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 615 Size actualSize; | |
| 616 | |
| 617 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 618 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 619 return error; |
| 7 | 620 |
| 9 | 621 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 622 if (error) |
| 1107 | 623 return error; |
| 7 | 624 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
625 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 626 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL |
| 627 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 628 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 629 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 630 { | |
| 631 foundFile = true; | |
| 632 break; | |
| 633 } | |
| 634 | |
| 635 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 636 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 637 else | |
| 638 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 639 | |
| 640 return error; | |
| 641 }; | |
| 642 | |
| 643 /* | |
| 644 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 645 * | |
| 646 * Description | |
| 647 * ----------- | |
| 648 * | |
| 649 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 650 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 651 * | |
| 652 * Parameters None. | |
| 653 * ---------- | |
| 654 * | |
| 655 * Event Reply | |
| 656 * ----------- | |
| 657 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 658 * | |
| 659 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 660 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 661 * | |
| 662 * Remarks | |
| 663 * ------- | |
| 664 * | |
| 665 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 666 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 667 * | |
| 668 */ | |
| 669 | |
| 670 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
| 671 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 674 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 675 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 676 }; | |
| 677 | |
| 9 | 678 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 679 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 680 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 681 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 682 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 683 { |
| 684 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 685 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 686 long numFiles; | |
| 687 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 688 buf_T *buf; | |
| 689 | |
| 690 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 691 | |
| 9 | 692 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 693 if (error) |
| 1107 | 694 return error; |
| 7 | 695 |
| 696 /* Send the reply */ | |
| 697 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
| 698 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
| 699 | |
| 700 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
| 701 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
| 702 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 703 return error; |
| 7 | 704 |
| 705 #if 0 | |
| 706 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 707 |
| 708 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
| 709 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
| 7 | 710 * sizeof(DescType)) |
| 711 */ | |
| 712 | |
| 713 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
| 714 #endif | |
| 715 | |
| 716 numFiles = 0; | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
717 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 718 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 719 { | |
| 720 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
| 721 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 722 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 9 | 723 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
| 724 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
| 7 | 725 }; |
| 726 | |
| 727 #if 0 | |
| 728 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 729 #endif | |
| 730 | |
| 731 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
| 9 | 732 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 733 |
| 734 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 735 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 736 | |
| 737 return error; | |
| 738 }; | |
| 739 | |
| 740 /* | |
| 741 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 742 * | |
| 743 * Description | |
| 744 * ----------- | |
| 745 * | |
| 746 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 747 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 748 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 749 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 750 * | |
| 751 * Event Reply | |
| 752 * ----------- | |
| 753 * | |
| 754 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 755 * | |
| 756 * Remarks | |
| 757 * ------- | |
| 758 * | |
| 759 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 760 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 761 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 762 * theText. | |
| 763 * | |
| 764 */ | |
| 765 | |
| 766 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
| 767 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 768 { | |
| 769 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
| 770 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
| 771 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
| 772 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
| 773 }; | |
| 774 | |
| 9 | 775 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 776 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 777 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 778 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 779 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 780 { |
| 781 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 782 buf_T *buf; | |
| 783 int foundFile = false; | |
| 784 DescType typeCode; | |
| 785 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 786 Size actualSize; | |
| 787 char_u *line; | |
| 788 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 789 long linesize; | |
| 790 long lineStart; | |
| 791 long BufferSize; | |
| 792 long lineno; | |
| 793 | |
| 794 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 795 | |
| 796 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 797 return error; |
| 7 | 798 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
799 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 800 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 801 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 802 { | |
| 803 foundFile = true; | |
| 804 break; | |
| 805 } | |
| 806 | |
| 807 if (foundFile) | |
| 808 { | |
| 9 | 809 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
| 7 | 810 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 811 { | |
| 812 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
| 813 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
| 814 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 815 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 816 BufferSize += linesize; | |
| 817 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
| 9 | 818 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 819 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 820 { |
| 821 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
| 822 } | |
| 823 else | |
| 824 { | |
| 9 | 825 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 826 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 827 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 828 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 829 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 830 } |
| 831 } | |
| 832 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 833 { | |
| 9 | 834 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 835 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 836 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 837 } |
| 838 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 839 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 840 else | |
| 9 | 841 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
| 7 | 842 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 843 } | |
| 9 | 844 |
| 845 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 846 |
| 847 return error; | |
| 7 | 848 } |
| 849 | |
| 850 /* | |
| 851 * | |
| 852 */ | |
| 853 | |
| 854 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
| 593 | 855 pascal OSErr |
| 856 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 857 const OSType targetType, | |
| 858 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 859 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 860 { |
| 861 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 862 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 863 | |
| 864 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 865 | |
| 9 | 866 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 867 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 868 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 869 | |
| 870 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 871 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 872 | |
| 9 | 873 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 874 { |
| 9 | 875 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 876 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 877 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 878 else | |
| 879 { | |
| 9 | 880 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 881 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 882 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 883 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 884 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 885 } | |
| 886 } | |
| 887 | |
| 888 return anErr; | |
| 889 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 890 | |
| 9 | 891 void |
| 892 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 893 { |
| 9 | 894 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 895 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 896 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 897 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 898 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 899 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 900 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 901 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 902 | |
| 903 | |
| 9 | 904 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 905 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 906 { |
| 9 | 907 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 908 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 909 | |
| 910 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 911 { |
| 912 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 913 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 914 } | |
| 915 | |
| 9 | 916 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 917 |
| 918 /* Add the parms */ | |
| 919 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 920 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 921 | |
| 922 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 923 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 924 | |
| 925 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 926 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 927 else | |
| 928 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 929 | |
| 9 | 930 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 931 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 932 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 933 { |
| 9 | 934 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
| 7 | 935 } |
| 9 | 936 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 937 } |
| 938 } | |
| 939 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
| 940 | |
| 941 /* | |
| 942 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 943 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 944 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 945 */ | |
| 946 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 947 | |
| 948 /* | |
| 949 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 950 */ | |
| 951 | |
| 9 | 952 OSErr |
| 953 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 954 { |
| 955 OSErr error; | |
| 956 long actualSize; | |
| 957 DescType dummyType; | |
| 958 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 959 | |
| 960 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
| 961 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
| 962 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 963 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 964 &actualSize); | |
| 965 | |
| 966 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
| 967 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 968 { | |
| 969 error = noErr; | |
| 970 } | |
| 971 else | |
| 972 { | |
| 973 #if 0 | |
| 974 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
| 975 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
| 976 #endif | |
| 977 } | |
| 978 | |
| 979 return error; | |
| 980 } | |
| 981 | |
| 982 | |
| 983 /* | |
| 984 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 985 * | |
| 986 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 987 * | |
| 988 */ | |
| 989 | |
| 990 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
| 991 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
| 992 { | |
| 993 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 994 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 995 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 996 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 997 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 998 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 999 }; | |
| 1000 | |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1001 static long drop_numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1002 static short drop_gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1003 static SelectionRange drop_thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1005 static void |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1006 drop_callback(void *cookie UNUSED) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1007 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1008 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1009 if ((drop_numFiles == 1) & (drop_gotPosition)) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1010 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1011 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum >= 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1012 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1013 lnum = drop_thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1014 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1015 setpcmark();*/ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1016 if (lnum < 1L) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1017 lnum = 1L; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1018 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1019 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1020 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1021 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1022 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1023 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1024 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1025 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.startRange + 1); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1026 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1027 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1028 /* Update the screen display */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1029 update_screen(NOT_VALID); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1031 /* Select the text if possible */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1032 if (drop_gotPosition) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1033 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1034 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1035 VIsual_select = FALSE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1036 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1037 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum < 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1038 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1039 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1040 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.endRange); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1041 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1042 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1043 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1044 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1045 VIsual.col = 0; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1046 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1047 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1048 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1049 |
| 7 | 1050 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- |
| 1051 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
| 1052 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
| 1053 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
| 1054 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
| 1055 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
| 1056 */ | |
| 1057 | |
| 9 | 1058 pascal OSErr |
| 1059 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1060 { |
| 1061 /* | |
| 1062 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1063 * a ":args" | |
| 1064 */ | |
| 1065 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1066 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1067 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1068 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1069 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1070 long numFiles; | |
| 1071 // long fileCount; | |
| 1072 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1073 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1074 Size actualSize; | |
| 1075 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1076 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1077 long lnum; | |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
| 1080 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
| 1081 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1082 return error; |
| 7 | 1083 |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1086 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1087 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1088 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1089 error = noErr; | |
| 1090 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1091 return error; |
| 7 | 1092 |
| 1093 /* | |
| 1094 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 if (^error) then | |
| 1097 { | |
| 1098 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1099 { | |
| 1100 // Goto this line | |
| 1101 } | |
| 1102 else | |
| 1103 { | |
| 1104 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1105 } | |
| 1106 } | |
| 1107 */ | |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1110 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 if (error) | |
| 1113 { | |
| 1114 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
| 1115 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 1116 return (error); | |
| 1117 } | |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1120 { | |
| 1121 int i; | |
| 1122 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1123 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1124 |
| 1125 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
| 1126 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
| 1127 { | |
| 1128 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1129 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1130 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1131 else | |
| 1132 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1133 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1134 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1135 } | |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
| 1138 * to it. */ | |
| 1139 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1144 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1145 } |
| 816 | 1146 |
| 1147 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
|
13170
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1148 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 |
|
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1149 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]), "drop") == OK) |
| 816 | 1150 shorten_fnames(TRUE); |
| 1151 | |
| 7 | 1152 goto finished; |
| 1153 } | |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1156 drop_numFiles = numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1157 drop_gotPosition = gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1158 drop_thePosition = thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1159 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE, drop_callback, NULL); |
| 5735 | 1160 |
| 7 | 1161 setcursor(); |
| 1162 out_flush(); | |
| 1163 | |
| 37 | 1164 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
| 1165 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 1166 | |
| 1107 | 1167 finished: |
| 7 | 1168 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
| 1169 | |
| 9 | 1170 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1171 return error; |
| 7 | 1172 } |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 /* | |
| 1175 * | |
| 1176 */ | |
| 1177 | |
| 9 | 1178 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1179 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1180 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1181 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1182 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1183 { |
| 1184 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1185 | |
| 9 | 1186 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1187 return error; |
| 7 | 1188 } |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 /* | |
| 1191 * | |
| 1192 */ | |
| 1193 | |
| 9 | 1194 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1195 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1196 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1197 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1198 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1199 { |
| 1200 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1201 | |
| 9 | 1202 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1203 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1204 return error; |
| 7 | 1205 |
| 1206 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
| 1207 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
| 1208 | |
| 1107 | 1209 return error; |
| 7 | 1210 } |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 /* | |
| 1213 * | |
| 1214 */ | |
| 1215 | |
| 9 | 1216 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1217 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1218 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1219 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1220 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1221 { |
| 1222 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1223 | |
| 9 | 1224 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1225 |
| 1226 return error; | |
| 7 | 1227 } |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 /* | |
| 1230 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1231 * | |
| 1232 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1233 */ | |
| 9 | 1234 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1235 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1236 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1237 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1238 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1239 { |
| 1240 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1241 | |
| 9 | 1242 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1243 |
| 1244 return error; | |
| 7 | 1245 } |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 /* | |
| 1249 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1250 */ | |
| 9 | 1251 OSErr |
| 1252 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1253 { |
| 1254 OSErr error; | |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 /* install open application handler */ | |
| 1257 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
| 593 | 1258 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1259 if (error) |
| 1260 return error; | |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 /* install quit application handler */ | |
| 1263 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
| 593 | 1264 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1265 if (error) |
| 1266 return error; | |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 /* install open document handler */ | |
| 1269 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1270 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1271 if (error) |
| 1272 return error; | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 /* install print document handler */ | |
| 1275 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1276 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1277 |
| 1278 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
| 1279 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
| 593 | 1280 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1281 |
| 1282 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1283 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1284 |
| 1285 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1286 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1287 |
| 1288 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1289 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1290 |
| 1291 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1292 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1293 |
| 1294 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1295 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1296 |
| 1297 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1298 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1299 |
| 1300 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1301 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1302 |
| 1303 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1304 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1305 |
| 1306 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1307 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1308 |
| 1309 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1310 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1311 |
| 1312 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1313 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1314 |
| 1315 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1316 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1317 */ |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1320 /* | |
| 1321 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1322 */ | |
| 1323 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1324 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1325 if (error) |
| 1326 return error; | |
| 1327 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1328 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1329 if (error) |
| 1330 return error; | |
| 1331 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1332 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1333 #endif |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 return error; | |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 } | |
| 1338 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
| 1339 | |
| 13 | 1340 |
| 1341 /* | |
| 1342 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1343 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1344 */ | |
| 1345 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1346 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1347 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1348 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1349 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1350 { |
| 1351 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1354 return noErr; | |
| 1355 } | |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 OSStatus status; | |
| 1360 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1361 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1362 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
| 1365 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
| 1366 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1367 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1368 &newFamily); | |
| 1369 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1370 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
| 1373 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
| 1374 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1375 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1376 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
| 1379 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
| 1380 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1381 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1382 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1383 } | |
| 1384 return noErr; | |
| 1385 } | |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 static void | |
| 593 | 1389 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1390 { |
| 1391 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1392 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
| 1393 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1396 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1397 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1398 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1403 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1404 } | |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 /* | |
| 1408 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1409 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1410 */ | |
| 168 | 1411 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1412 static void |
| 501 | 1413 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1414 { |
| 168 | 1415 Str255 buf; |
| 1416 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1417 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1418 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1419 |
| 1420 if (!outName) | |
| 1421 return; | |
| 1422 | |
| 168 | 1423 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1424 { | |
| 1425 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
| 1426 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
| 1427 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1428 return; | |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
| 1431 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
| 1432 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
| 1433 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1434 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1435 return; |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
| 1438 * already part of the font full name */ | |
| 501 | 1439 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1440 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1441 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1442 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1443 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1446 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 else | |
| 1449 { | |
| 501 | 1450 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1451 } |
| 13 | 1452 } |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | |
| 7 | 1455 /* |
| 1456 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1457 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1458 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1459 */ | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 /* | |
| 1462 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1463 * | |
| 4352 | 1464 * Returns the index inside the menu where |
| 7 | 1465 */ |
| 2585 | 1466 short /* Should we return MenuItemIndex? */ |
| 593 | 1467 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1468 { |
| 1469 short index; | |
| 1470 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1471 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1474 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1475 * -popup menu | |
| 1476 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1477 * | |
| 1478 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1479 */ | |
| 1480 if (pMenu->parent) | |
| 1481 { | |
| 1482 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
| 1483 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
| 1484 index = 1; | |
| 1485 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1486 { | |
| 1487 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1488 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1489 index++; | |
| 1490 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1491 } | |
| 1492 } | |
| 1493 return itemIndex; | |
| 1494 } | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1497 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1498 { |
| 1499 short index; | |
| 1500 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1501 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1505 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1506 * -popup menu | |
| 1507 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1508 * | |
| 1509 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1510 */ | |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1513 { | |
| 1514 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1515 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1516 } | |
| 1517 else | |
| 1518 { | |
| 1519 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1520 { | |
| 1521 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1522 { | |
| 1523 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1524 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1525 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1526 { | |
| 1527 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1528 break; | |
| 1529 } | |
| 1530 } | |
| 1531 } | |
| 1532 } | |
| 1533 return pMenu; | |
| 1534 } | |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 /* | |
| 1537 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1538 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1539 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1540 */ | |
| 1541 pascal | |
| 1542 void | |
| 9 | 1543 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1544 { |
| 1545 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1546 int value, dragging; | |
| 1547 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1548 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1551 | |
| 9 | 1552 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1553 |
| 1554 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1555 return; | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
| 9 | 1558 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1559 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1562 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1563 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1564 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1565 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1566 } | |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 pascal | |
| 1569 void | |
| 9 | 1570 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1571 { |
| 1572 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
| 1573 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
| 1574 long data; | |
| 1575 long value; | |
| 1576 int page; | |
| 1577 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1578 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1579 | |
| 9 | 1580 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1581 |
| 1582 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1583 return; | |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
| 1586 { | |
| 1587 /* | |
| 1588 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1589 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1590 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1591 */ | |
| 1592 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
| 1595 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
| 1596 else | |
| 1597 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1598 } | |
| 1599 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
| 1600 { | |
| 1601 sb_info = sb; | |
|
12515
972ea22c946f
patch 8.0.1136: W_WIDTH() is always the same
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12317
diff
changeset
|
1602 page = curwin->w_width - 5; |
| 7 | 1603 } |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 switch (partCode) | |
| 1606 { | |
| 1607 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1608 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1609 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1610 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1611 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1612 } | |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
| 1615 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
| 1616 value = sb_info->max; | |
| 1617 else if (value < 0) | |
| 1618 value = 0;*/ | |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1621 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1622 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1623 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1624 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 out_flush(); | |
| 1627 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
| 1630 { | |
| 1631 win_T *wp; | |
| 1632 int sb_num; | |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1635 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1636 sb_num++; | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1639 { | |
| 1640 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1641 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1642 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1643 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1644 } | |
| 1645 }*/ | |
| 1646 } | |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 /* | |
| 1649 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1650 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1651 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1652 */ | |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 /* | |
| 1656 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1657 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1658 * | |
| 1659 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1660 */ | |
| 1661 void | |
| 593 | 1662 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1663 { |
| 1664 Point thePoint; | |
| 1665 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1666 short thePortion; | |
| 1667 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1668 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1669 short dblClick; | |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1672 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1673 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1676 |
| 1677 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1678 { | |
| 4352 | 1679 /* We hit a scrollbar */ |
| 7 | 1680 |
| 1681 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1682 { | |
| 1683 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1684 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1685 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1686 } | |
| 1687 else | |
| 1688 { | |
| 1689 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1690 #if 1 | |
| 1691 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1692 #else | |
| 1693 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1694 #endif | |
| 1695 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
| 1696 * button has been released */ | |
| 9 | 1697 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 1698 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1699 } | |
| 1700 } | |
| 1701 else | |
| 1702 { | |
| 1703 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
| 1706 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
| 1709 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
| 593 | 1712 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
| 7 | 1713 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1714 | |
| 1292 | 1715 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1716 { | |
| 1717 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1718 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1719 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1720 } | |
| 7 | 1721 |
| 1722 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
| 1723 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
| 1724 | |
| 593 | 1725 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
| 7 | 1726 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1727 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
| 1730 * the mouse dragging | |
| 1731 */ | |
| 1732 #if 0 | |
| 1733 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
| 1734 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
| 1735 */ | |
| 1736 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
| 1737 #endif | |
| 1738 { | |
| 9 | 1739 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1740 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1741 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1742 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1745 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1746 } | |
| 1747 } | |
| 1748 } | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 /* | |
| 1751 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1752 */ | |
| 1753 void | |
| 593 | 1754 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1755 { |
| 1756 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1757 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
| 9 | 1760 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1761 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1762 } |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 /* | |
| 1765 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1766 */ | |
| 1767 void | |
| 593 | 1768 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1769 { |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 long newSize; | |
| 1772 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1773 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1774 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1775 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1776 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1777 | |
| 9 | 1778 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1779 |
| 1212 | 1780 /* Set the minimum size */ |
| 7 | 1781 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
| 1782 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
| 1783 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1786 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1787 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1788 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1789 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1790 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1791 } |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 /* | |
| 1794 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1795 */ | |
| 1796 static void | |
| 593 | 1797 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1798 { |
| 1799 Rect r; | |
| 1800 Point p; | |
| 1801 short thePart; | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 /* ideal width is current */ | |
| 1804 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1805 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1806 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1807 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1808 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 2585 | 1809 /* ideal height is as high as we can get */ |
| 7 | 1810 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1813 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1816 return; | |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 /* use returned width */ | |
| 1819 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
| 1820 /* adjust returned height */ | |
| 1821 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1822 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1823 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1824 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1825 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 2869 | 1826 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 7 | 1827 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1832 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1833 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1834 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1835 } |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 /* | |
| 1838 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1839 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1840 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1841 */ | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 /* | |
| 1844 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1845 */ | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 void | |
| 593 | 1848 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1849 { |
| 1850 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1851 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1852 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1853 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1854 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1855 Rect rc; | |
| 1856 Rect growRect; | |
| 1857 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1861 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1862 return; | |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
| 1865 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
| 1866 */ | |
| 1867 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 /* Save Current Port */ | |
| 9 | 1870 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1871 |
| 1872 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
| 9 | 1873 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1874 |
| 1875 /* Let's update the window */ | |
| 9 | 1876 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1877 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
| 1878 * to be updated. | |
| 1879 */ | |
| 1880 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
| 1881 # if 0 | |
| 1212 | 1882 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
| 7 | 1883 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 1884 */ | |
| 1885 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
| 1886 # endif | |
| 593 | 1887 |
| 7 | 1888 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
| 9 | 1889 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1890 |
| 9 | 1891 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1892 # if 0 |
| 1893 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
| 1894 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
| 1895 */ | |
| 1896 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
| 1897 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
| 1898 # endif | |
| 1899 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
| 1900 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
| 1901 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1902 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
| 1903 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 1904 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 1905 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1906 { | |
| 9 | 1907 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1908 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1909 } |
| 1910 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 9 | 1912 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1913 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1914 } |
| 1915 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1916 { | |
| 9 | 1917 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1918 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1919 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1920 } |
| 1921 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1922 { | |
| 9 | 1923 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1924 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1925 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1926 } |
| 9 | 1927 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1928 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1929 |
| 1930 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
| 9 | 1931 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1932 |
| 1933 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
| 1934 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
| 1935 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1936 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1937 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1938 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1939 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1940 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1941 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1942 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1943 |
| 1944 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 1945 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1946 } |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 /* | |
| 1949 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1950 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1951 */ | |
| 1952 void | |
| 593 | 1953 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1954 { |
| 1955 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1292 | 1958 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
| 1959 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
| 7 | 1960 { |
| 1562 | 1961 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1962 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1963 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1964 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1965 else | |
| 1966 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1967 } |
| 1292 | 1968 |
| 1969 /* Activate */ | |
| 1970 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
| 7 | 1971 } |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 /* | |
| 1975 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1976 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1977 */ | |
| 1978 void | |
| 593 | 1979 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1980 { |
| 1981 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
| 1984 * seen on MacOS X | |
| 1985 */ | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
| 1212 | 1988 * get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 1989 */ |
| 1990 if (event->message & 1) | |
| 1991 /* Resume */ | |
| 1992 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 1993 else | |
| 1994 /* Suspend */ | |
| 1995 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 1996 } | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 /* | |
| 1999 * Handle the key | |
| 2000 */ | |
| 168 | 2001 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 2002 static pascal OSStatus |
| 2003 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 2004 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2005 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2006 void *data) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2009 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2012 { | |
| 2013 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2014 { | |
| 2015 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
| 2016 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); | |
| 2017 return noErr; | |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
| 2020 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); | |
| 2021 return noErr; | |
| 2022 } | |
| 2023 } | |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2026 } | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2029 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2030 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2031 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2032 void *data) | |
| 2033 { | |
| 2034 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2035 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2038 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2041 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2042 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2043 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2044 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2045 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2048 { | |
| 2049 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2050 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2051 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2052 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2055 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2056 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2057 break; | |
| 2058 } | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2061 } | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 static pascal | |
| 2064 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2065 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2066 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2067 { | |
| 2068 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2069 } | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
| 2072 keys */ | |
| 857 | 2073 |
| 168 | 2074 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2075 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2076 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2077 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2078 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2079 { |
| 2080 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
| 1012 | 2081 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2082 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2083 UniChar *text; | |
| 2084 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2085 short len = 0; | |
| 2086 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2087 char charcode; | |
| 2088 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2089 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2090 size_t encLen; |
| 2091 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2092 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2093 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2094 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2095 |
| 2096 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2097 if (p_mh) | |
| 2098 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2099 | |
| 1012 | 2100 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
| 2101 if (dialog_busy) | |
| 1562 | 2102 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2103 |
| 2104 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2105 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2106 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2107 |
|
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
2108 text = alloc(actualSize); |
| 1012 | 2109 if (!text) |
| 1562 | 2110 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2111 |
| 2112 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2113 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2114 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2117 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2118 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2121 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2122 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2125 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2126 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2129 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2130 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2131 | |
| 168 | 2132 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2133 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 1562 | 2134 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
| 168 | 2135 #endif |
| 1012 | 2136 |
| 2137 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2138 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
| 2141 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
| 1562 | 2142 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2143 { | |
| 2144 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2145 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2146 { | |
| 2147 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2148 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2149 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2150 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2151 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2152 break; | |
| 2153 } | |
| 168 | 2154 } |
| 1012 | 2155 |
| 2156 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
| 2157 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
| 1562 | 2158 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2159 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2160 |
| 2161 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2162 { | |
| 1562 | 2163 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
| 2164 * '(' and '*' */ | |
| 2165 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
| 2166 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
| 2169 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
| 2170 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
| 2173 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
| 2176 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
| 2177 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
|
18301
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
2180 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers, |
|
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
2181 TRUE, NULL); |
| 1562 | 2182 if (key_char == CSI) |
| 2183 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2186 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2187 } | |
| 1012 | 2188 } |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2191 { | |
| 1562 | 2192 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2193 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2194 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2195 } |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2198 { | |
| 1562 | 2199 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2200 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2201 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2202 } |
| 2203 else | |
| 2204 { | |
| 1562 | 2205 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2206 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2207 if (to) | |
| 2208 { | |
| 2209 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
| 2210 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
| 2211 { | |
| 2212 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2213 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2214 { | |
| 2215 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2216 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2217 } | |
| 2218 } | |
| 2219 vim_free(to); | |
| 2220 } | |
| 1012 | 2221 } |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2224 err = noErr; | |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 done: | |
| 2227 vim_free(text); | |
| 2228 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2229 { | |
| 1562 | 2230 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
| 2231 * key repeat working */ | |
| 2232 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2233 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2234 } |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2237 } |
| 2238 #else | |
| 7 | 2239 void |
| 2240 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2241 { | |
| 2242 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
| 2243 long menu; | |
| 2244 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2245 short num, i; | |
| 2246 short len = 0; | |
| 2247 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2248 int key_char; | |
| 2249 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2250 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2251 |
| 2252 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2253 if (p_mh) | |
| 2254 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2255 | |
|
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2256 /* Get the key code and its ASCII representation */ |
| 7 | 2257 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); |
| 2258 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2259 num = 1; | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
| 2262 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
| 9 | 2263 { |
| 7 | 2264 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2265 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2266 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2267 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2268 { | |
| 2269 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
| 2270 if (key_char == '2') | |
| 2271 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2272 else | |
| 2273 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2274 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2275 } | |
| 2276 } | |
| 7 | 2277 |
| 2278 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
| 2279 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2280 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2281 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
| 2284 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
| 2285 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2286 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
| 2287 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
| 2288 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
| 2289 { | |
| 2290 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2291 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2292 { | |
| 2293 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2294 return; | |
| 2295 } | |
| 2296 } | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
| 2299 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
| 2303 #if 0 | |
| 26 | 2304 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
| 7 | 2305 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2306 #endif | |
| 2307 { | |
| 2308 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
| 2309 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
| 2310 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2311 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2312 { | |
| 2313 # if 0 | |
| 2314 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
| 2315 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
| 2316 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2317 else | |
| 2318 # endif | |
| 9 | 2319 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2320 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2321 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2322 break; |
| 2323 } | |
| 2324 } | |
| 2325 | |
| 26 | 2326 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
| 2327 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
| 2328 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2329 |
| 2330 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
| 2331 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
| 2332 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
| 2333 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2334 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2335 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2336 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2337 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2338 { | |
| 2339 #if 1 | |
| 2340 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
| 9 | 2341 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2342 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2343 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2344 modifiers = 0; |
| 2345 #else | |
| 9 | 2346 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2347 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2348 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2349 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2350 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2351 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2352 #endif | |
| 2353 } | |
| 9 | 2354 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2355 { |
| 9 | 2356 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2357 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2358 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2359 } |
| 2360 | |
| 9 | 2361 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2362 { |
| 9 | 2363 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2364 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2365 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2366 } |
| 2367 else | |
| 2368 { | |
| 9 | 2369 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
| 2370 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2371 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
| 7 | 2372 { |
| 2373 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2374 int l; | |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2377 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2378 l = 1; | |
| 2379 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2380 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2381 { | |
| 2382 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2383 { | |
| 2384 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2385 { | |
| 2386 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2387 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2388 } | |
| 2389 else | |
| 2390 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2391 } | |
| 2392 vim_free(to); | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 else | |
| 2395 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2396 } | |
| 2397 else | |
| 2398 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2399 } | |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2402 { | |
| 2403 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 2404 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2405 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2406 } | |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2409 } | |
| 168 | 2410 #endif |
| 7 | 2411 |
| 2412 /* | |
| 2413 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2414 */ | |
| 2415 void | |
| 593 | 2416 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2417 { |
| 2418 short thePart; | |
| 2419 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2420 | |
| 9 | 2421 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2422 |
| 1106 | 2423 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 2424 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
| 2425 click into the tab pane */ | |
| 2426 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
| 1562 | 2427 return; |
| 1106 | 2428 #endif |
| 2429 | |
| 7 | 2430 switch (thePart) |
| 2431 { | |
| 2432 case (inDesk): | |
| 2433 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
| 2434 break; | |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2437 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2438 break; |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2441 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2442 break; |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2445 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2446 break; |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2449 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2450 break; |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2453 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2454 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2455 break; | |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2458 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2459 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2460 break; | |
| 2461 } | |
| 2462 } | |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 /* | |
| 2465 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2466 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2467 */ | |
| 2468 void | |
| 593 | 2469 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2470 { |
| 2471 Point thePoint; | |
| 2472 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2475 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2476 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2479 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2480 else |
| 2481 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2482 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2483 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
| 9 | 2486 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2487 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2488 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2489 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2492 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 } | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 /* | |
| 2497 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2498 */ | |
| 2499 void | |
| 593 | 2500 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2501 { |
| 2502 Point thePoint; | |
| 2503 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
| 2506 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
| 2507 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
| 2508 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2509 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2510 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2511 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2512 |
| 2513 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2514 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2515 { | |
| 2516 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2517 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2518 } | |
| 9 | 2519 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2520 } |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2523 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2524 void *data) | |
| 2525 { | |
| 2526 Point point; | |
| 2527 Rect bounds; | |
| 2528 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2529 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2530 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2531 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2534 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2535 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
| 2536 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
| 7 | 2537 |
| 2538 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2539 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2540 goto bail; | |
| 2541 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2542 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2543 goto bail; | |
| 2544 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2545 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2546 goto bail; | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2549 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2550 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2551 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2552 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2553 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2554 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2557 { | |
| 2558 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2559 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2560 } | |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2563 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2564 | |
| 1668 | 2565 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
| 2566 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2567 | |
| 7 | 2568 return noErr; |
| 2569 | |
| 1107 | 2570 bail: |
| 7 | 2571 /* |
| 2572 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
|
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2573 * its actions |
| 7 | 2574 */ |
| 2575 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2576 } | |
| 2577 | |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2578 void |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2579 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2580 { |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2581 /* TODO */ |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2582 } |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2583 |
| 7 | 2584 #if 0 |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 /* | |
| 2587 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2588 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2589 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2590 */ | |
| 2591 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
2592 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2593 { |
| 2594 /* | |
| 2595 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2596 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2597 * Call the procedure | |
| 2598 */ | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2601 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2604 return; | |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2607 { | |
| 2608 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 2609 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 4352 | 2610 /* But what about the current menu, is the many changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ |
| 9 | 2611 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2612 } |
| 2613 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2614 { | |
| 2615 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 2616 } | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 #endif | |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 /* | |
| 2622 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2623 */ | |
| 2624 void | |
| 593 | 2625 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2626 { |
| 2627 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2628 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2629 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
| 2632 { | |
| 2633 if (item == 1) | |
| 2634 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
| 2635 } | |
| 2636 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2637 { | |
| 2638 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2641 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2642 } | |
| 9 | 2643 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2644 } |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 /* | |
| 2647 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2648 */ | |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 void | |
| 593 | 2651 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2652 { |
| 2653 OSErr error; | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
| 1292 | 2656 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2657 { | |
| 7 | 2658 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2659 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2660 # else |
| 1562 | 2661 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2662 # endif |
| 1562 | 2663 return; |
| 1292 | 2664 } |
| 7 | 2665 |
| 2666 /* Handle normal event */ | |
| 2667 switch (event->what) | |
| 2668 { | |
| 168 | 2669 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2670 case (keyDown): |
| 2671 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2672 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2673 break; |
| 168 | 2674 #endif |
| 7 | 2675 case (keyUp): |
| 857 | 2676 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
| 7 | 2677 break; |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2680 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2681 break; | |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2684 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2685 break; | |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2688 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2689 break; |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 case (diskEvt): | |
| 2692 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
| 2693 break; | |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2696 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2697 break; |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 case (osEvt): | |
| 2700 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2701 { | |
| 2702 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2703 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2704 break; |
| 2705 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2706 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2707 break; |
| 2708 } | |
| 2709 break; | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2712 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
| 2713 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
| 2714 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
| 2715 break; | |
| 2716 #endif | |
| 2717 } | |
| 2718 } | |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 /* | |
| 2721 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2722 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2723 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2724 */ | |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2728 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2729 { |
| 2730 char_u c; | |
| 2731 char_u *p; | |
| 2732 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2733 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2734 short font_id; | |
| 2735 short size=9; | |
| 2736 GuiFont font; | |
| 2737 #if 0 | |
| 2738 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2739 #endif | |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2742 ; | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 c = *p; | |
| 2745 *p = 0; | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 #if 1 | |
| 2748 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2749 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2750 *p = c; | |
| 2751 | |
| 168 | 2752 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
| 2753 char_u fontName[256]; | |
| 2754 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2755 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2756 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2759 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2760 font_id = 0; | |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2763 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2764 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2765 { | |
| 2766 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2767 font_id = 0; | |
| 2768 } | |
| 13 | 2769 |
| 2770 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2771 { | |
| 2772 /* | |
| 2773 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2774 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2775 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2776 */ | |
| 2777 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2780 { | |
| 2781 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2784 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2785 } | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2788 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2789 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2790 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2791 { | |
| 2792 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2793 font_id = 0; | |
| 2794 } | |
| 13 | 2795 } |
| 2796 | |
| 7 | 2797 #else |
| 2798 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
| 2799 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
| 2800 | |
| 9 | 2801 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2802 #endif |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2806 { | |
| 2807 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
| 2808 | |
| 168 | 2809 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2810 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2811 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2812 return NOFONT; | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 p++; | |
| 2817 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
| 2818 while (*p) | |
| 2819 { | |
| 2820 switch (*p++) | |
| 2821 { | |
| 2822 case 'h': | |
| 2823 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2824 break; | |
| 2825 /* | |
| 2826 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2827 */ | |
| 2828 } | |
| 2829 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2830 p++; | |
| 2831 } | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 if (size < 1) | |
| 2835 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 return font; | |
| 2840 } | |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 /* | |
| 2843 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2844 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2845 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2846 */ | |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 /* | |
| 2849 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2850 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2851 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2852 */ | |
| 2853 void | |
| 593 | 2854 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2855 { |
| 2856 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 2857 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2858 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2859 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2860 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2861 long applDirID; | |
| 2862 Str255 volName; | |
| 2863 # else | |
| 2864 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2865 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2866 # endif | |
| 2867 #endif | |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 #if 0 | |
| 2870 InitCursor(); | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2875 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2876 #endif | |
| 2877 | |
| 9 | 2878 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2883 |
| 2884 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2888 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2889 #else |
| 9 | 2890 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2891 #endif |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2895 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2896 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2897 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2898 |
| 2899 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2900 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2901 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2902 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2903 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 2904 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 2905 | |
| 9 | 2906 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2907 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2908 |
| 2909 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2910 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2911 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2912 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2913 #endif | |
| 2914 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2915 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2916 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
| 7 | 2917 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
| 9 | 2918 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2919 # else |
| 2920 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
| 2921 * of TN2015 | |
| 2922 */ | |
| 9 | 2923 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
| 7 | 2924 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2925 | |
| 9 | 2926 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
| 7 | 2927 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2928 | |
| 9 | 2929 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2930 |
| 2931 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
| 2932 # endif | |
| 9 | 2933 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2934 #endif |
| 2935 } | |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2938 /* | |
| 2939 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2940 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2941 */ | |
| 2942 int | |
| 2943 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2944 { | |
| 2945 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
| 2946 * using the >console | |
| 2947 */ | |
| 2948 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
| 2949 return FAIL; | |
| 2950 return OK; | |
| 2951 } | |
| 2952 #endif | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2955 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2956 { |
| 2957 int x, y; | |
| 2958 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2959 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2960 int count; | |
| 2961 int i, j; | |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
| 2964 { | |
| 2965 Point point; | |
| 2966 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2967 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2970 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2971 x = point.h; | |
| 2972 y = point.v; | |
| 2973 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2974 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2975 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 2976 count = countItem; | |
| 2977 } | |
| 2978 | |
|
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
2979 fnames = ALLOC_MULT(char_u *, count); |
| 7 | 2980 if (fnames == NULL) |
| 2981 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
| 2984 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 2985 { | |
| 2986 DragItemRef item; | |
| 2987 OSErr err; | |
| 2988 Size size; | |
| 2989 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 2990 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 2993 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 2994 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 2995 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 2996 continue; | |
| 2997 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 2998 if (err != noErr) | |
| 2999 continue; | |
| 3000 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 3001 } | |
| 3002 count = j; | |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 3005 |
| 3006 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
| 3007 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 3008 | |
| 7 | 3009 return noErr; |
| 3010 } | |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 /* | |
| 3013 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3014 * etc. | |
| 3015 */ | |
| 3016 int | |
| 593 | 3017 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3018 { |
| 3019 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 1565 | 3020 Rect windRect; |
| 3021 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3022 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3023 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3024 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3025 |
| 3026 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
| 593 | 3027 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
| 168 | 3028 |
| 7 | 3029 #if 1 |
| 3030 InitCursor(); | |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3035 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3036 #endif | |
| 3037 | |
| 9 | 3038 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3043 |
| 3044 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3048 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3049 #else |
| 9 | 3050 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3051 #endif |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3054 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3055 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3056 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3057 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3058 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3059 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3060 |
| 3061 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3062 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3063 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3064 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3065 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 3066 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 3067 | |
| 9 | 3068 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3069 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3070 |
| 13 | 3071 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
| 3072 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
| 7 | 3073 |
| 3074 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3075 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3076 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3077 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3078 #endif | |
| 3079 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
| 3080 display_errors(); | |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
| 1212 | 3083 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
| 7 | 3084 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3085 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
| 3088 * file). */ | |
| 3089 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 /* | |
| 3092 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3093 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3094 */ | |
| 3095 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3096 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3097 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 3100 * changed them) */ | |
| 3101 highlight_gui_started(); | |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 /* | |
| 3104 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3105 */ | |
| 3106 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3107 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3108 #endif | |
| 3109 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
| 3110 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3111 | |
| 1212 | 3112 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
| 7 | 3113 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
| 3114 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
| 593 | 3115 |
| 7 | 3116 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3117 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3118 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3119 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3120 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3121 { | |
| 3122 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3123 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3124 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3125 } | |
| 3126 | |
| 168 | 3127 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3128 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3129 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
| 3132 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
| 3135 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3138 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3139 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3140 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3141 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3142 }; | |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3145 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3146 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3147 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3148 { | |
| 168 | 3149 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3150 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3151 } | |
| 1562 | 3152 |
| 3153 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3154 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3155 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3156 }; | |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
| 3159 * deactivate */ | |
| 3160 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
| 3161 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3162 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3163 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3164 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3165 { | |
| 3166 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3167 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3168 } | |
| 168 | 3169 #endif |
| 3170 | |
| 1106 | 3171 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3172 /* | |
| 3173 * Create the tabline | |
| 3174 */ | |
| 3175 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3176 #endif | |
| 3177 | |
| 7 | 3178 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
| 3179 return OK; | |
| 3180 } | |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 /* | |
| 3183 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3184 */ | |
| 3185 void | |
| 593 | 3186 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3187 { |
| 3188 /* TODO: | |
| 3189 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
| 3210 | 3190 * so what must be done? I don't know |
| 7 | 3191 */ |
| 3192 } | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 /* | |
| 3195 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3196 */ | |
| 3197 int | |
| 593 | 3198 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3199 { |
| 3200 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3203 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 /* | |
| 3206 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3207 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3208 */ | |
| 3209 { | |
| 3210 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3211 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3212 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 return OK; | |
| 3216 } | |
| 3217 | |
| 1562 | 3218 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3219 static void | |
| 3220 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3221 { | |
| 3222 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3223 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3224 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3225 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 #endif | |
| 3228 | |
| 7 | 3229 void |
| 3230 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3231 { | |
| 3232 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
| 3233 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
| 3234 | |
| 168 | 3235 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3236 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3237 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3238 #endif | |
| 3239 | |
| 7 | 3240 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3241 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3242 | |
| 168 | 3243 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3244 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3245 #endif | |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3248 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3249 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3250 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3251 #endif |
| 3252 | |
| 7 | 3253 /* Exit to shell? */ |
| 3254 exit(rc); | |
| 3255 } | |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 /* | |
| 3258 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3259 */ | |
| 3260 int | |
| 3261 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3262 { | |
| 3263 /* TODO */ | |
| 3264 Rect bounds; | |
| 3265 OSStatus status; | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
| 9 | 3268 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3269 |
| 3270 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3271 return FAIL; | |
| 3272 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3273 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3274 return OK; | |
| 3275 } | |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 /* | |
| 3278 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3279 * coordinates. | |
| 3280 */ | |
| 3281 void | |
| 3282 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3283 { | |
| 3284 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
| 3285 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
| 3286 */ | |
| 1377 | 3287 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3288 } |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 void | |
| 3291 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3292 int width, | |
| 3293 int height, | |
| 3294 int min_width, | |
| 3295 int min_height, | |
| 3296 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3297 int base_height, |
| 3298 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3299 { |
| 3300 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3301 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3304 { | |
| 9 | 3305 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3306 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3307 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
| 9 | 3308 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3309 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 else | |
| 3312 { | |
| 9 | 3313 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3314 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3315 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3316 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3317 } |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3322 } | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 /* | |
| 3325 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3326 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3327 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3328 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3329 */ |
| 3330 void | |
| 593 | 3331 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3332 { |
| 3333 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3334 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3337 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3338 } | |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | |
| 13 | 3341 /* |
| 3342 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3343 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3344 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3345 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3346 */ | |
| 3347 static GuiFont | |
| 3348 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3349 { | |
| 3350 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3351 OSStatus status; | |
| 3352 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
| 3355 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3356 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
| 3357 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
| 3358 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
| 3359 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
| 3360 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
| 3361 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
| 3362 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3365 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3366 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
| 3369 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
| 3370 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3371 { | |
| 3372 /* | |
| 3373 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3374 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3375 */ | |
| 3376 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3377 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3378 { | |
| 3379 EventRecord e; | |
| 3380 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3381 } | |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3384 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 return selected_font; | |
| 3387 } | |
| 3388 | |
| 1562 | 3389 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3390 static void | |
| 3391 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3392 { | |
| 3393 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3394 { | |
| 3395 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3396 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3397 } | |
| 3398 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3399 { | |
| 3400 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3401 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3405 } | |
| 3406 #endif | |
| 7 | 3407 |
| 3408 /* | |
| 3409 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3410 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3411 */ | |
| 3412 int | |
| 593 | 3413 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3414 { |
| 3415 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
| 3416 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
| 170 | 3417 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3418 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3419 short font_id; | |
| 3420 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3421 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3422 |
| 168 | 3423 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3424 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3425 #endif |
| 3426 | |
| 7 | 3427 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3428 { | |
| 3429 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
| 3430 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3433 { | |
| 3434 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
| 3435 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
| 37 | 3436 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3437 } |
| 37 | 3438 else |
| 3439 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3440 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3441 } | |
| 13 | 3442 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3443 { | |
| 37 | 3444 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3447 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3448 return FAIL; | |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
| 37 | 3451 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3452 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3453 { | |
| 37 | 3454 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3455 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3456 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
| 3457 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
| 3458 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3461 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3462 } | |
| 3463 } | |
| 3464 } | |
| 7 | 3465 else |
| 3466 { | |
| 9 | 3467 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3468 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3469 |
| 3470 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3471 return FAIL; | |
| 3472 } | |
| 37 | 3473 |
| 7 | 3474 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3475 | |
| 37 | 3476 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3477 | |
| 9 | 3478 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3479 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3480 | |
| 189 | 3481 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3484 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3485 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3486 | |
| 168 | 3487 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3488 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3489 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3490 #endif |
| 3491 | |
| 7 | 3492 return OK; |
| 3493 } | |
| 3494 | |
| 444 | 3495 /* |
| 3496 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3497 */ | |
| 7 | 3498 int |
| 593 | 3499 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3500 { |
| 3501 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3502 | |
| 9 | 3503 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3504 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3505 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3506 return OK; | |
| 3507 } | |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 /* | |
| 3510 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3511 */ | |
| 3512 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3513 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3514 { |
| 3515 GuiFont font; | |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3520 { | |
| 3521 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
|
15470
55ccc2d353bd
patch 8.1.0743: giving error messages is not flexible
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15134
diff
changeset
|
3522 semsg(_(e_font), name); |
| 7 | 3523 return NOFONT; |
| 3524 } | |
| 3525 /* | |
| 3526 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3527 */ | |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 return font; | |
| 3530 } | |
| 3531 | |
| 44 | 3532 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3533 /* |
| 37 | 3534 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3535 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3536 */ | |
| 3537 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3538 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3539 { |
| 3540 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3541 return NULL; | |
| 3542 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3543 } | |
| 44 | 3544 #endif |
| 37 | 3545 |
| 1562 | 3546 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3547 static void | |
| 3548 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3551 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3552 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3555 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3556 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3561 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3562 }; | |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3565 { | |
| 3566 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3567 sizeof(font) | |
| 3568 }; | |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3571 { | |
| 3572 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3573 }; | |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3578 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3579 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3580 { | |
| 3581 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3582 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3583 # endif | |
| 3584 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3585 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3586 } | |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3589 { | |
| 3590 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
| 3591 * wide font drawing */ | |
| 3592 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3595 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3596 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3597 { | |
| 3598 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3599 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3600 } | |
| 3601 } | |
| 3602 } | |
| 3603 } | |
| 3604 #endif | |
| 3605 | |
| 37 | 3606 /* |
| 7 | 3607 * Set the current text font. |
| 3608 */ | |
| 3609 void | |
| 593 | 3610 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3611 { |
| 168 | 3612 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3613 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3614 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3615 | |
| 842 | 3616 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3617 { |
| 3618 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
| 1562 | 3619 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3620 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3621 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3622 { |
| 3623 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3624 return; | |
| 3625 } | |
| 3626 | |
| 1562 | 3627 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3628 } |
| 3629 | |
| 842 | 3630 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3631 { |
| 3632 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
| 3633 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
| 3634 /* | |
| 3635 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
| 3636 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3637 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3638 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
| 3639 */ | |
| 3640 if (gui.wide_font) | |
| 3641 { | |
| 3642 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3643 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3646 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3647 0, | |
| 3648 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3649 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3650 { | |
| 1562 | 3651 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3652 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3653 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3654 } |
| 3655 /* | |
| 3656 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
| 3657 */ | |
| 3658 } | |
| 3659 } | |
| 3660 #endif | |
| 7 | 3661 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3662 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3663 } | |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 /* | |
| 3666 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3667 */ | |
| 3668 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
3669 gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3670 { |
| 3671 /* | |
| 3672 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3673 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3674 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3675 */ | |
| 3676 } | |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 /* | |
| 3679 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3680 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3681 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3682 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3683 */ | |
| 3684 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3685 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3686 { |
| 3687 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
| 3688 */ | |
| 3689 RGBColor MacColor; | |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3690 |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3691 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3692 { |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3693 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3694 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); |
| 7 | 3695 } |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3696 return gui_get_color_cmn(name); |
| 7 | 3697 } |
| 3698 | |
|
11745
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3699 guicolor_T |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3700 gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b) |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3701 { |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3702 return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b); |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3703 } |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3704 |
| 7 | 3705 /* |
| 3706 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3707 */ | |
| 3708 void | |
| 593 | 3709 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3710 { |
| 3711 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3714 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3715 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3716 | |
| 9 | 3717 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3718 } |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 /* | |
| 3721 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3722 */ | |
| 3723 void | |
| 593 | 3724 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3725 { |
| 3726 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3729 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3730 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3731 | |
| 9 | 3732 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3733 } |
| 3734 | |
| 563 | 3735 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3736 | |
| 212 | 3737 /* |
| 563 | 3738 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3739 */ |
| 3740 void | |
| 593 | 3741 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3742 { |
| 563 | 3743 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3744 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3745 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3746 } | |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 /* | |
| 3749 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3750 */ | |
| 3751 static void | |
| 3752 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3753 { | |
| 856 | 3754 int x; |
| 3755 int offset; | |
| 3756 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3757 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3758 |
| 3759 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3762 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3763 | |
| 593 | 3764 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3765 { |
| 593 | 3766 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3767 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3768 } |
| 212 | 3769 } |
| 3770 | |
| 593 | 3771 |
| 3772 static void | |
| 3773 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3774 { |
| 3775 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3778 { | |
| 3779 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3780 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3781 s = tofree; | |
| 3782 } | |
| 593 | 3783 |
| 7 | 3784 /* |
| 3785 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3786 */ | |
| 189 | 3787 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3788 { |
| 3789 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
| 3790 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
| 3791 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3792 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3793 } |
| 3794 | |
| 36 | 3795 /* |
| 3796 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3797 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3798 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3799 * underlining. | |
| 3800 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3801 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3802 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3803 */ | |
| 189 | 3804 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3805 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3806 { | |
| 3807 Rect rc; | |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3810 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 168 | 3811 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ |
| 3812 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3813 { | |
| 3814 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3815 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 168 | 3816 } |
| 3817 else | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
3818 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 36 | 3819 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); |
| 3820 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3821 } | |
| 3822 | |
| 189 | 3823 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 3824 { |
| 3825 StyleParameter face; | |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 face = normal; | |
| 3828 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3829 face |= bold; | |
| 3830 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3831 face |= underline; | |
| 3832 TextFace(face); | |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
| 3835 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3838 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 3839 } | |
| 3840 else | |
| 3841 { | |
| 3842 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
| 9 | 3843 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 3844 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 3845 |
| 3846 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 9 | 3849 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 3850 |
| 9 | 3851 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 3852 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3855 { | |
| 3856 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3857 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3858 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 3859 } | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3862 { | |
| 3863 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3864 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3865 } | |
|
12317
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3866 if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE) |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3867 { |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3868 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3869 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3870 } |
| 593 | 3871 } |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 3874 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 3877 } | |
| 3878 | |
| 842 | 3879 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 3880 |
| 3881 static void | |
| 3882 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 3883 { | |
| 3884 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
| 3885 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
| 3886 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 3887 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
| 3890 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
| 1562 | 3891 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 3892 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 3893 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 3894 #endif | |
| 593 | 3895 /* |
| 3896 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3897 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3898 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3899 * underlining. | |
| 3900 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3901 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3902 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3903 */ | |
| 3904 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 3905 { | |
| 3906 Rect rc; | |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3909 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 3910 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3911 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3912 { | |
| 3913 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3914 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 593 | 3915 } |
| 3916 else | |
| 3917 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3920 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3921 } | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 3925 TextFace(normal); | |
| 3926 | |
| 1562 | 3927 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
| 593 | 3928 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 3929 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 3932 |
| 3933 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3934 { | |
| 3935 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 3936 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 3937 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 3938 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 3941 } | |
| 3942 | |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3943 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3944 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3945 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3946 { |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3947 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3948 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3949 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3950 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3951 if (gFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3952 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3953 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3954 if (gWideFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3955 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3956 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3957 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3958 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3959 } |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
| 1562 | 3961 if (has_mbyte) |
| 168 | 3962 { |
| 1562 | 3963 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 3964 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 3965 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 3966 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 3967 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 3970 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 3971 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 3972 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 3973 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 3974 /* | |
| 3975 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 3976 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 3979 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 3980 { | |
| 3981 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
| 3984 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
| 3985 * cell to draw) */ | |
| 3986 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
| 3987 { | |
| 3988 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 3989 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 3990 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 3991 #endif | |
| 3992 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 3993 : gFontStyle; | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 3996 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 3997 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 3998 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 3999 } | |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 4002 } | |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 4005 { | |
| 4006 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4007 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4008 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4009 #endif | |
| 4010 /* finish the rest style */ | |
| 4011 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
| 4012 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 4013 } | |
| 4014 | |
| 168 | 4015 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4016 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4017 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4018 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4019 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4020 } | |
| 1562 | 4021 else |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4026 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4027 utf16_len, | |
| 4028 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4029 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4030 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4031 { | |
| 4032 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4035 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4036 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
| 4043 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4044 { | |
| 4045 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4048 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4049 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4052 attribValues); | |
| 4053 } | |
| 7 | 4054 } |
| 4055 | |
| 563 | 4056 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4057 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4058 | |
| 7 | 4059 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4060 } |
| 4061 #endif | |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 void | |
| 4064 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4065 { | |
| 4066 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4067 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
| 4068 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
| 4069 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
| 4070 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
| 4071 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
| 4072 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
| 4073 | |
| 842 | 4074 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4075 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4076 else | |
| 7 | 4077 #endif |
| 842 | 4078 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4079 } |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 /* | |
| 4082 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4083 */ | |
| 4084 int | |
| 593 | 4085 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4086 { |
| 4087 int i; | |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4090 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4091 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4092 return OK; | |
| 4093 return FAIL; | |
| 4094 } | |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 void | |
| 593 | 4097 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4098 { |
| 9 | 4099 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
| 7 | 4100 } |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 void | |
| 593 | 4103 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4104 { |
| 4105 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
| 4106 Rect rc; | |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 /* | |
| 4109 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4110 */ | |
| 4111 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4112 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4113 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4114 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4115 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4120 } | |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 /* | |
| 4123 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4124 */ | |
| 4125 void | |
| 593 | 4126 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4127 { |
| 4128 Rect rc; | |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 /* | |
| 4131 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4132 */ | |
| 4133 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4134 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4135 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4136 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4137 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4138 } | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 /* | |
| 4141 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4142 */ | |
| 4143 void | |
| 593 | 4144 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4145 { |
| 4146 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
| 4147 * -window shade? | |
| 4148 * -hide application? | |
| 4149 */ | |
| 4150 } | |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4153 /* | |
| 4154 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4155 */ | |
| 4156 void | |
| 593 | 4157 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4158 { |
| 4159 /* TODO */ | |
| 4160 } | |
| 4161 #endif | |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 /* | |
| 4164 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4165 */ | |
| 4166 void | |
| 593 | 4167 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4168 { |
| 4169 Rect rc; | |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 /* | |
| 4172 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4173 */ | |
| 4174 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4175 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4176 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4177 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) |
| 4178 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 7 | 4179 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4182 | |
| 9 | 4183 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4184 } |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 /* | |
| 4187 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4188 */ | |
| 4189 void | |
| 593 | 4190 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4191 { |
| 4192 Rect rc; | |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4195 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 4196 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4197 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4198 else | |
| 4199 #endif | |
| 4200 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4201 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4202 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4203 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4206 | |
| 168 | 4207 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4208 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4209 } |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 /* | |
| 4214 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4215 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4216 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4217 * immediately. | |
| 4218 */ | |
| 4219 void | |
| 593 | 4220 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4221 { |
| 4222 /* TODO: find what to do | |
| 4223 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
| 4224 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
| 4225 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
| 4226 * | |
| 4227 * if (eventther) | |
| 4228 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
| 4229 */ | |
| 4230 EventRecord theEvent; | |
| 4231 | |
| 9 | 4232 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4233 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4234 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4235 } | |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 /* | |
| 4238 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4239 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4240 */ | |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 pascal | |
| 4243 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4244 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4245 { |
| 4246 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4247 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4248 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4249 } | |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 /* | |
| 4252 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4253 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4254 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4255 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4256 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4257 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4258 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4259 */ | |
| 4260 int | |
| 593 | 4261 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4262 { |
| 4263 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4264 EventRecord event; | |
| 4265 long entryTick; | |
| 4266 long currentTick; | |
| 4267 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
| 4270 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
| 4271 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
| 4272 */ | |
| 4273 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
| 4274 return FAIL; | |
| 4275 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 do | |
| 4282 { | |
| 4283 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
| 4284 { | |
| 4285 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4286 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4287 } | |
| 4288 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4291 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4292 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4293 } | |
| 4294 /* | |
| 4295 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4296 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4297 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4298 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4299 */ | |
| 2585 | 4300 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? */ |
| 7 | 4301 if (wtime > -1) |
| 1562 | 4302 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4303 else |
| 4304 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4305 |
| 9 | 4306 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4307 { |
| 1562 | 4308 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4309 if (input_available()) |
| 4310 { | |
| 4311 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4312 return OK; | |
| 4313 } | |
| 4314 } | |
| 4315 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4316 } | |
| 4317 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4320 return FAIL; | |
| 4321 } | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 /* | |
| 4324 * Output routines. | |
| 4325 */ | |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 4328 void | |
| 593 | 4329 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4330 { |
| 4331 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
| 4332 } | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 /* | |
| 4335 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4336 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4337 */ | |
| 4338 void | |
| 593 | 4339 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4340 { |
| 4341 Rect rc; | |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 /* | |
| 4344 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4345 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4346 */ | |
| 4347 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4348 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4349 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4350 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4353 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4354 } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 /* | |
| 4357 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4358 */ | |
| 4359 void | |
| 593 | 4360 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4361 { |
| 4362 Rect rc; | |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4365 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4366 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4367 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4370 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4371 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
| 4372 FrameRect(&rc); | |
| 4373 */ | |
| 4374 } | |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 /* | |
| 4377 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4378 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4379 */ | |
| 4380 void | |
| 593 | 4381 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4382 { |
| 4383 Rect rc; | |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 /* changed without checking! */ | |
| 4386 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4387 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4388 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4389 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4392 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4393 |
| 4394 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4395 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4396 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4397 } | |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 /* | |
| 4400 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4401 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4402 */ | |
| 4403 void | |
| 593 | 4404 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4405 { |
| 4406 Rect rc; | |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4409 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4410 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4411 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4414 | |
| 9 | 4415 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4416 |
| 4417 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
| 4418 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 4419 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4420 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4421 { | |
| 4422 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4423 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4424 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4425 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4426 } | |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4429 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4430 } | |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 /* | |
| 4433 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4434 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4435 */ | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 void | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4438 clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4439 { |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4442 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4443 Size scrapSize; |
| 4444 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4445 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4446 OSStatus error; | |
| 4447 int type; | |
| 4448 char *searchCR; | |
| 4449 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | |
| 9 | 4452 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4453 if (error != noErr) |
| 4454 return; | |
| 4455 | |
| 9 | 4456 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4457 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4458 { | |
| 4459 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4460 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4461 flavor = 1; | |
| 4462 } | |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4465 { | |
| 838 | 4466 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4467 if (error != noErr) |
| 4468 return; | |
| 4469 | |
| 838 | 4470 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4471 if (error != noErr) |
| 4472 return; | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4476 |
| 838 | 4477 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
| 4478 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
| 4479 | |
|
16768
695d9ef00b03
patch 8.1.1386: unessesary type casts for lalloc()
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16162
diff
changeset
|
4480 /* tempclip = alloc(scrapSize+1); */ |
| 838 | 4481 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4482 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4483 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4484 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4485 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 if (flavor) | |
| 4488 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4489 else | |
| 2896 | 4490 type = MAUTO; |
| 838 | 4491 |
|
16768
695d9ef00b03
patch 8.1.1386: unessesary type casts for lalloc()
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16162
diff
changeset
|
4492 tempclip = alloc(scrapSize + 1); |
| 838 | 4493 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); |
| 4494 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4495 |
| 766 | 4496 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4497 { |
| 168 | 4498 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
| 4499 size_t encLen = 0; | |
| 4500 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4501 |
| 4502 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4503 { |
| 168 | 4504 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4505 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4506 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4507 } |
| 838 | 4508 } |
| 7 | 4509 #endif |
| 502 | 4510 |
| 838 | 4511 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4512 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4513 { | |
| 4514 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4515 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4516 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4517 } |
| 838 | 4518 |
| 4519 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4522 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4525 } |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 void | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4528 clip_mch_lose_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4529 { |
| 4530 /* | |
| 4531 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4532 */ | |
| 4533 } | |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 int | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4536 clip_mch_own_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4537 { |
| 4538 return OK; | |
| 4539 } | |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 /* | |
| 4542 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4543 */ | |
| 4544 void | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4545 clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4546 { |
| 4547 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4548 long scrapSize; | |
| 4549 int type; | |
| 4550 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4555 return; | |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 /* | |
| 4560 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4561 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4562 */ | |
| 4563 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4564 | |
| 838 | 4565 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4566 |
| 766 | 4567 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4568 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4569 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4570 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4571 { |
| 168 | 4572 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4573 vim_free(str); | |
| 4574 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4575 } |
| 4576 #endif | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4579 { | |
| 4580 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4581 |
| 9 | 4582 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4583 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4584 | |
| 9 | 4585 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4586 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4587 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4588 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4589 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4590 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4591 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4592 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4593 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4594 } | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 vim_free(str); | |
| 4597 } | |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 void | |
| 593 | 4600 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4601 { |
| 4602 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4603 | |
| 9 | 4604 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
| 7 | 4605 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4608 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4609 else | |
| 4610 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4613 | |
| 9 | 4614 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4615 } |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 /* | |
| 4618 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4619 */ | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 void | |
| 593 | 4622 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4623 { |
| 4624 /* | |
| 444 | 4625 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4626 */ |
| 4627 } | |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 void | |
| 593 | 4630 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4631 { |
| 4632 /* | |
| 444 | 4633 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4634 */ |
| 4635 } | |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 /* | |
| 4638 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4639 */ | |
| 4640 void | |
| 593 | 4641 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4642 { |
| 4643 /* | |
| 4644 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4645 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4646 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4647 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4648 */ | |
| 4649 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
| 4650 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
| 168 | 4651 CFStringRef name; |
| 7 | 4652 short index; |
| 4653 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4654 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
| 4657 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
| 4658 return; | |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
| 4661 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
| 4662 return; | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
| 4665 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
| 4666 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
| 4669 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
| 4670 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
| 4673 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
| 4674 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4677 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4678 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4679 #else | |
| 7 | 4680 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4681 #endif |
| 7 | 4682 if (name == NULL) |
| 4683 return; | |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
| 4686 { | |
| 4687 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
| 9 | 4688 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
| 4689 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
| 7 | 4690 */ |
| 4691 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
| 168 | 4692 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4693 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 7 | 4694 next_avail_id++; |
| 4695 } | |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4698 { | |
| 4699 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
| 4702 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
| 4703 */ | |
| 4704 | |
| 593 | 4705 /* Insert the menu */ |
| 4706 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
| 7 | 4707 #if 1 |
| 4708 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
| 4709 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4710 #endif | |
| 4711 } | |
| 4712 else | |
| 4713 { | |
| 4714 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
| 4715 | |
| 9 | 4716 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4717 |
| 4718 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4719 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4720 */ | |
| 4721 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 168 | 4722 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 7 | 4723 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4724 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4725 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4726 } | |
| 4727 | |
| 168 | 4728 CFRelease(name); |
| 7 | 4729 |
| 4730 #if 0 | |
| 4731 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
| 4732 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4733 #endif | |
| 4734 } | |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 /* | |
| 4737 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4738 */ | |
| 4739 void | |
| 593 | 4740 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4741 { |
| 168 | 4742 CFStringRef name; |
| 7 | 4743 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4744 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
| 4747 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
| 4748 return; | |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
| 4751 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4754 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4755 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4756 #else | |
| 7 | 4757 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4758 #endif |
| 7 | 4759 |
| 4760 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
| 4761 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
| 4762 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4765 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
| 4768 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
| 4769 * item's command equivalent. | |
| 4770 */ | |
| 4771 int key = 0; | |
| 4772 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4773 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
|
18301
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
4776 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, |
|
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
4777 TRUE, NULL); |
| 7 | 4778 if (*p_actext != 0) |
| 4779 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
| 4780 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
| 4781 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
| 4782 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
| 4783 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
| 4784 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
| 4785 * character plus modifiers. | |
| 4786 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
| 4787 * apply modifiers. | |
| 4788 */ | |
| 4789 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
| 4790 { | |
| 4791 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
| 4792 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
| 4793 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
| 4794 */ | |
| 4795 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 4796 key += '@'; | |
| 4797 } | |
| 4798 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
| 4799 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
| 4800 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
| 4801 */ | |
| 4802 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
| 4803 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 4804 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 4805 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
| 4806 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
| 4807 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
| 4808 { | |
| 4809 int valid = 1; | |
| 4810 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
| 4811 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
| 4812 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
| 4813 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 4814 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 4815 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 4816 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 4817 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 4818 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
| 4819 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
| 4820 if (valid) | |
| 4821 { | |
| 4822 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
| 4823 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
| 4824 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
| 4825 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 4826 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
| 4827 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
| 4828 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
| 4829 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 4830 } | |
| 4831 } | |
| 4832 } | |
| 4833 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4834 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4835 */ | |
| 4836 if (!menu_inserted) | |
| 4837 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 4838 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
| 168 | 4839 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 7 | 4840 |
| 4841 #if 0 | |
| 4842 /* Called by Vim */ | |
| 4843 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4844 #endif | |
| 4845 | |
| 168 | 4846 CFRelease(name); |
| 7 | 4847 } |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 void | |
| 593 | 4850 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 4851 { |
| 4852 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
| 4853 } | |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 /* | |
| 4856 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 4857 */ | |
| 4858 void | |
| 593 | 4859 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 4860 { |
| 9 | 4861 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4862 |
| 4863 if (index > 0) | |
| 4864 { | |
| 4865 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4866 { | |
| 4867 { | |
| 4868 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 4869 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 4870 |
| 4871 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
| 4872 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
| 4873 { | |
| 9 | 4874 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4875 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4876 } |
| 4877 } | |
| 4878 } | |
| 4879 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 4880 else | |
| 4881 { | |
| 9 | 4882 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 4883 } |
| 4884 #endif | |
| 4885 } | |
| 4886 else | |
| 4887 { | |
| 4888 { | |
| 9 | 4889 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4890 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4891 } |
| 4892 } | |
| 4893 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
| 4894 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4895 } | |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 /* | |
| 4898 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 4899 */ | |
| 4900 void | |
| 593 | 4901 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 4902 { |
| 4903 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
| 9 | 4904 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4905 /* |
| 4906 index = menu->index; | |
| 4907 */ | |
| 4908 if (grey) | |
| 4909 { | |
| 4910 if (menu->children) | |
| 4911 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4912 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4913 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4914 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4915 } | |
| 4916 else | |
| 4917 { | |
| 4918 if (menu->children) | |
| 4919 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4920 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4921 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4922 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4923 } | |
| 4924 } | |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 /* | |
| 4927 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 4928 */ | |
| 4929 void | |
| 593 | 4930 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 4931 { |
| 4932 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
| 9 | 4933 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 4934 } |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 /* | |
| 4938 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 4939 */ | |
| 4940 void | |
| 593 | 4941 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 4942 { |
| 4943 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4944 } | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 /* | |
| 4948 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 4949 */ | |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 void | |
| 593 | 4952 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 4953 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4954 int flag) | |
| 7 | 4955 { |
| 4956 if (flag) | |
| 4957 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 4958 else | |
| 4959 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 4962 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 4963 #endif |
| 4964 } | |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 void | |
| 593 | 4967 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 4968 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4969 long val, | |
| 4970 long size, | |
| 4971 long max) | |
| 7 | 4972 { |
| 4973 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 4974 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 4975 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 4976 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 4977 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
|
9199
665d10cb3e6b
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ea0345901cc2af29f9c5dd0d9d8a818d5f96a63b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9013
diff
changeset
|
4978 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %lx, %lx,%lx\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 4979 #endif |
| 4980 } | |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 void | |
| 593 | 4983 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 4984 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4985 int x, | |
| 4986 int y, | |
| 4987 int w, | |
| 4988 int h) | |
| 7 | 4989 { |
| 4990 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4991 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4992 { | |
| 9 | 4993 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 4994 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 4995 } |
| 4996 else | |
| 4997 { | |
| 9 | 4998 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 4999 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5000 }*/ |
| 5001 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
| 5002 h += 1; | |
| 5003 else | |
| 5004 w += 1; | |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5007 x -= 15; | |
| 5008 | |
| 9 | 5009 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5010 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 5011 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5012 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 5013 #endif |
| 5014 } | |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 void | |
| 593 | 5017 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 5018 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5019 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
| 7 | 5020 { |
| 5021 Rect bounds; | |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5024 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5025 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5026 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5027 | |
| 9 | 5028 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5029 &bounds, |
| 5030 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5031 TRUE, | |
| 5032 0, /* current*/ | |
| 5033 0, /* top */ | |
| 5034 0, /* bottom */ | |
| 5035 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
| 5036 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5037 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5038 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5039 #endif |
| 5040 } | |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 void | |
| 593 | 5043 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5044 { |
| 5045 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5046 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5047 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5048 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5049 #endif |
| 5050 } | |
| 5051 | |
|
9213
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5052 int |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5053 gui_mch_is_blinking(void) |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5054 { |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5055 return FALSE; |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5056 } |
| 7 | 5057 |
|
9428
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5058 int |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5059 gui_mch_is_blink_off(void) |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5060 { |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5061 return FALSE; |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5062 } |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5063 |
| 7 | 5064 /* |
| 5065 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5066 * | |
| 5067 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5068 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5069 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5070 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5071 */ | |
| 5072 void | |
| 5073 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5074 { | |
| 5075 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5076 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
| 5077 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 5078 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
| 5079 } | |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 /* | |
| 5082 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5083 */ | |
| 5084 void | |
|
13152
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5085 gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5086 { |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5087 if (may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5088 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 5089 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ |
| 5090 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
| 5091 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 5092 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5093 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
| 5094 } | |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 /* | |
| 5097 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5098 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5099 */ | |
| 5100 void | |
| 593 | 5101 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5102 { |
| 5103 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5104 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5105 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 5108 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
| 5109 { | |
| 5110 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5111 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5112 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5113 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5114 }*/ | |
| 5115 } | |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 /* | |
| 5118 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5119 */ | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5120 guicolor_T |
| 7 | 5121 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) |
| 5122 { | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5123 return (guicolor_T)((Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel)); |
| 7 | 5124 } |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5129 /* | |
| 5130 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5131 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5132 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5133 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5134 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5135 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5136 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5137 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5138 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5139 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5140 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5141 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5142 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5143 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5144 * | |
| 5145 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5146 */ | |
| 5147 char_u * | |
| 5148 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5149 int saving, | |
| 5150 char_u *title, | |
| 5151 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5152 char_u *ext, | |
| 5153 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5154 char_u *filter) | |
| 5155 { | |
| 4352 | 5156 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety check (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 5157 NavReplyRecord reply; |
| 5158 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5159 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5160 long numFiles; | |
| 5161 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5162 OSErr error; | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
| 9 | 5165 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5166 |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
| 5169 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
| 5170 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5171 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
| 5172 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
| 5173 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
| 5174 | |
| 9 | 5175 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5176 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
| 7 | 5177 /* Could set clientName? |
| 5178 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
| 5179 */ | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 if (saving) | |
| 5182 { | |
| 5183 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 9 | 5184 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5185 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5186 return NULL; | |
| 5187 } | |
| 5188 else | |
| 5189 { | |
| 5190 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 5191 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5192 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5193 return NULL; | |
| 5194 } | |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5197 | |
| 9 | 5198 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5199 |
| 5200 if (fnames) | |
| 5201 { | |
| 5202 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5203 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5204 } | |
| 5205 | |
| 5206 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
| 5207 return fname; | |
| 5208 } | |
| 5209 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5212 /* | |
| 5213 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5214 */ | |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 /* | |
| 5217 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5218 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5219 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5220 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5221 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5222 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5223 * | |
| 5224 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5225 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5226 * | |
| 5227 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5228 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5229 * | |
| 5230 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5231 */ | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 typedef struct | |
| 5234 { | |
| 5235 short idx; | |
| 5236 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
| 5237 Rect box; | |
| 5238 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 static void | |
| 5243 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5244 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5245 short itemNumber, | |
| 5246 short X, | |
| 5247 short Y, | |
| 5248 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5249 { | |
| 5250 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 5251 /* Untested */ | |
| 9 | 5252 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5253 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5254 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5255 #else |
| 5256 short itemType; | |
| 5257 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5258 Rect localBox; | |
| 5259 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5262 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5263 | |
| 9 | 5264 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5265 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5266 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
| 7 | 5267 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
| 5268 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
| 5269 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
| 9 | 5270 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5271 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5272 #endif |
| 5273 } | |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 static void | |
| 5276 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5277 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5278 short itemNumber, | |
| 5279 short width, | |
| 5280 short height) | |
| 5281 { | |
| 5282 short itemType; | |
| 5283 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5284 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5285 | |
| 9 | 5286 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5287 |
| 5288 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
| 5289 if (width == 0) | |
| 5290 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5291 if (height == 0) | |
| 5292 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 9 | 5295 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
| 7 | 5296 #else |
| 5297 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
| 5298 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
| 5299 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
| 5302 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
| 5303 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5304 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5305 |
| 5306 /* Configure back the item */ | |
| 9 | 5307 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5308 #endif |
| 5309 } | |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 static void | |
| 5312 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5313 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5314 short itemNumber, | |
| 5315 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5316 { | |
| 5317 short itemType; | |
| 5318 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5319 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5320 | |
| 9 | 5321 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5322 |
| 5323 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5324 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5325 else |
| 9 | 5326 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5327 } |
| 5328 | |
| 1572 | 5329 |
| 5330 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
| 5331 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 5332 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5333 */ | |
| 5334 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5335 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5336 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5337 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5338 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5339 { | |
| 5340 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5343 { | |
| 5344 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5347 { | |
| 5348 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5349 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5350 #endif | |
| 5351 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
| 5354 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
| 5355 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
| 5356 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
| 5357 * fast to be seen). | |
| 5358 */ | |
| 5359 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
| 5362 } | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
| 5365 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
| 5366 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
| 5367 } | |
| 5368 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
| 5369 } | |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | |
| 593 | 5372 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 5373 * (Jussi) | |
| 5374 */ | |
| 7 | 5375 int |
| 5376 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5377 int type, | |
| 5378 char_u *title, | |
| 5379 char_u *message, | |
| 5380 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5381 int dfltbutton, | |
| 2684 | 5382 char_u *textfield, |
| 5383 int ex_cmd) | |
| 7 | 5384 { |
| 5385 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5386 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5387 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5388 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5389 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5390 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5391 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5392 char_u len; | |
| 5393 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
| 5394 char_u name[256]; | |
| 5395 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5396 short itemHit; | |
| 5397 char_u *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5398 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
| 5399 char_u aHotKey; | |
| 7 | 5400 Rect box; |
| 5401 short button; | |
| 5402 short lastButton; | |
| 5403 short itemType; | |
| 5404 short useIcon; | |
| 5405 short width; | |
| 1377 | 5406 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
| 1212 | 5407 including spacing */ |
| 7 | 5408 short widestButton = 0; |
| 5409 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5410 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5411 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5412 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5413 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 short vertical; | |
| 5416 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5417 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5418 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5421 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5422 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5423 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5426 | |
| 1572 | 5427 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5428 | |
| 7 | 5429 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
| 5430 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
| 9 | 5433 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5434 |
| 5435 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
| 5436 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 /* Hide the window. | |
| 5439 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
| 5440 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
| 5441 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
| 5442 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
| 5443 */ | |
| 9 | 5444 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5445 |
| 5446 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
| 5447 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
| 9 | 5448 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5449 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5450 |
| 5451 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
| 5452 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
| 5453 * and of the text field */ | |
| 5454 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
| 5457 if (title != NULL) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 9 | 5459 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5460 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5461 } |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 9 | 5464 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5465 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5466 button = 0; | |
| 5467 | |
| 1572 | 5468 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5469 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5470 |
| 7 | 5471 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5472 { | |
| 5473 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
| 5474 button++; | |
| 5475 len = 0; | |
| 5476 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5479 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5480 else |
| 5481 { | |
| 5482 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5483 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5484 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5485 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5486 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5487 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5488 #endif | |
| 5489 } | |
| 7 | 5490 } |
| 1572 | 5491 |
| 7 | 5492 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5493 buttonChar++; | |
| 5494 name[0] = len; | |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 /* Add the button */ | |
| 9 | 5497 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
| 7 | 5498 |
| 5499 /* Change the button's name */ | |
| 9 | 5500 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5501 |
| 5502 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
| 9 | 5503 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
| 4352 | 5504 /* Limit the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
| 7 | 5505 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ |
| 5506 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
| 5507 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5508 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5509 |
| 5510 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5513 widestButton = width; | |
| 5514 } | |
| 9 | 5515 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5516 lastButton = button; |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 5519 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
| 9 | 5520 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5521 switch (type) |
| 5522 { | |
| 2585 | 5523 case VIM_GENERIC: |
| 5524 case VIM_INFO: | |
| 5525 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
| 5526 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
| 5527 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
| 3935 | 5528 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; |
| 2585 | 5529 } |
| 9 | 5530 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5531 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5532 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5533 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
| 9 | 5534 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5535 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5536 |
| 5537 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
| 5538 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
| 9 | 5539 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5540 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5541 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5542 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5543 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5544 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5545 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5546 |
| 5547 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
| 5548 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5549 { | |
| 857 | 5550 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
| 7 | 5551 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5552 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5553 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5554 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5555 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5556 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
| 5557 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
| 5558 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5559 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5560 |
| 5561 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
| 5562 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5563 } |
| 1572 | 5564 else |
| 5565 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
| 5566 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
| 7 | 5567 |
| 5568 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
| 9 | 5569 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5570 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5571 |
| 5572 /* Reposition element */ | |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
| 5575 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
| 5576 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5577 | |
| 5578 /* Place icon */ | |
| 9 | 5579 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5580 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5581 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 /* Place Message */ | |
| 5584 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
| 9 | 5585 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5586 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5587 |
| 5588 /* Place Input */ | |
| 5589 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5590 { | |
| 5591 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5592 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5593 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5594 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5595 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
| 5596 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5597 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5598 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5599 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 /* Place Button */ | |
| 5603 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5604 { | |
| 5605 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5606 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5607 } | |
| 5608 else | |
| 5609 { | |
| 5610 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5611 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5612 } | |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5615 { | |
| 5616 | |
| 9 | 5617 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
| 1377 | 5618 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
| 7 | 5619 if (vertical) |
| 5620 { | |
| 9 | 5621 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5622 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5623 } |
| 5624 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
| 5625 if (vertical) | |
| 5626 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5627 else | |
| 5628 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5629 } | |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
| 5632 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5633 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 /* Magic resize */ | |
| 9 | 5636 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5637 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 /* Display it */ | |
| 5640 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5641 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
| 5642 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5643 | |
| 9 | 5644 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
| 7 | 5645 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5646 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5647 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5648 #endif |
| 5649 | |
| 857 | 5650 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5651 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
| 5652 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
| 5653 #endif | |
| 5654 | |
| 1572 | 5655 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
| 5656 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
| 5657 | |
| 7 | 5658 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
| 5659 do | |
| 1572 | 5660 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
|
16162
cd5c83115ec6
patch 8.1.1086: too many curly braces
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15967
diff
changeset
|
5661 while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 7 | 5662 |
| 857 | 5663 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5664 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5665 #endif | |
| 5666 | |
| 7 | 5667 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
| 5668 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5669 { | |
| 9 | 5670 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5671 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5672 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
| 5673 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
| 5674 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
| 5675 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5676 #endif | |
| 418 | 5677 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5678 } |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
| 9 | 5681 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5682 |
| 1572 | 5683 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
| 5684 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
| 5685 | |
| 4352 | 5686 /* Get ride of the dialog (free memory) */ |
| 9 | 5687 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5688 |
| 5689 return itemHit; | |
| 5690 /* | |
| 2585 | 5691 * Useful thing which could be used |
| 7 | 5692 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
| 5693 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5694 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5695 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5696 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5697 */ |
| 5698 } | |
| 5699 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 /* | |
| 5702 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5703 */ | |
| 5704 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5705 void | |
| 593 | 5706 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5707 { |
| 5708 char *p; | |
| 5709 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5710 | |
| 593 | 5711 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5712 return; | |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5715 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
| 5716 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5717 { | |
| 5718 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5719 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5720 else | |
| 5721 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5722 | |
| 5723 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5724 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5725 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5726 break; | |
| 5727 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
| 5728 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
| 5729 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
| 5730 */ | |
| 5731 } | |
| 5732 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5733 } |
| 5734 #endif | |
| 5735 | |
| 5736 /* | |
| 87 | 5737 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5738 */ |
| 95 | 5739 void |
| 5740 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5741 { |
| 5742 Point where; | |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5745 | |
| 87 | 5746 *x = where.h; |
| 5747 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5748 } |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 void | |
| 593 | 5751 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5752 { |
| 5753 /* TODO */ | |
| 5754 #if 0 | |
| 5755 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5758 Point where; | |
| 5759 | |
| 9 | 5760 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5761 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5762 { |
| 5763 /* New way */ | |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 /* | |
| 4352 | 5766 * Get first device with one button. |
| 5767 * This will probably be the standard mouse | |
| 5768 * start at head of cursor dev list | |
| 7 | 5769 * |
| 5770 */ | |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 do | |
| 5775 { | |
| 5776 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
| 5777 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
| 5778 } | |
| 9 | 5779 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5782 } |
| 5783 else | |
| 5784 { | |
| 5785 /* Old way */ | |
| 5786 where.h = x; | |
| 5787 where.v = y; | |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5790 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5791 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5792 } | |
| 5793 #endif | |
| 5794 } | |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 void | |
| 593 | 5797 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5798 { |
| 5799 /* | |
| 5800 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 5801 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 5802 * Call the procedure | |
| 5803 */ | |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 5806 Point where; | |
| 5807 OSStatus status; | |
| 5808 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 5809 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 5810 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 5811 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 5812 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
| 9 | 5815 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5818 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
| 7 | 5819 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
| 1089 | 5824 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 5825 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5826 |
| 5827 if (status == noErr) | |
| 5828 { | |
| 5829 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 5830 { | |
| 5831 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 5832 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 1012 | 5833 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
| 5834 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 5835 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5836 } |
| 5837 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 5838 { | |
| 5839 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 5840 } | |
| 5841 } | |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 5844 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 7 | 5845 } |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5848 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
| 5849 void | |
| 5850 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 5851 { | |
| 9 | 5852 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 5853 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 5854 } |
| 5855 #endif | |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 5858 /* | |
| 5859 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 5860 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 5861 */ | |
| 5862 void | |
| 593 | 5863 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 5864 { |
| 5865 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
| 5866 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
| 5867 */ | |
| 766 | 5868 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5869 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 5870 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 5871 #else | |
| 7 | 5872 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 5873 #endif |
| 7 | 5874 |
| 5875 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 5876 return; | |
| 5877 | |
| 766 | 5878 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5879 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 5880 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 5881 |
| 5882 if (windowTitle) | |
| 5883 { | |
| 5884 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 5885 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 5886 } | |
| 5887 #else | |
| 7 | 5888 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 5889 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 5890 { | |
| 5891 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 5892 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 5893 } | |
| 168 | 5894 #endif |
| 7 | 5895 } |
| 5896 #endif | |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 /* | |
| 2585 | 5899 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
| 7 | 5900 */ |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 int | |
| 593 | 5903 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 5904 { |
| 5905 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 5906 int len; | |
| 5907 int i; | |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 5910 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 5911 return 0; | |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 5914 if (len > 255) | |
| 5915 len = 255; | |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 5918 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 5921 | |
| 5922 return 0; | |
| 5923 } | |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 int | |
| 593 | 5926 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 5927 { |
| 5928 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
| 5929 Str255 filePascal; | |
| 5930 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 5931 OSErr err; | |
| 5932 | |
| 9 | 5933 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 5934 |
| 5935 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 5936 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 5937 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 5938 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 5939 | |
| 9 | 5940 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 5941 |
| 5942 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
| 9 | 5943 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 5944 |
| 5945 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
| 5946 return 0; | |
| 5947 } | |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 /* | |
| 4352 | 5950 * Convert a FSSpec to a full path |
| 7 | 5951 */ |
| 5952 | |
| 9 | 5953 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 5954 { |
| 5955 /* | |
| 5956 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 5957 */ | |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 5960 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 5961 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 5962 OSErr error; | |
| 5963 int folder = 1; | |
| 5964 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 5965 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 5966 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 5967 FSRef refFile; | |
| 5968 OSStatus status; | |
| 5969 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 5970 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 5971 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 5972 #else | |
| 5973 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 5974 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 5975 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 5976 #endif | |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 5979 /* Get the default volume */ | |
| 5980 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
| 9 | 5981 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 5982 |
| 5983 if (error) | |
| 5984 return NULL; | |
| 5985 #endif | |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
| 418 | 5988 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 5989 |
| 5990 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
| 5991 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 5992 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 5993 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1106 | 5994 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
| 7 | 5995 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
| 5998 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
| 9 | 5999 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6000 |
| 6001 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
| 6002 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
| 6003 return NULL; | |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
| 6006 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
| 6007 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
| 6008 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
| 6009 else | |
| 6010 folder = 1; | |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6013 /* | |
| 4352 | 6014 * The functions used here are available in Carbon, but do nothing on |
| 6015 * MacOS 8 and 9. | |
| 7 | 6016 */ |
| 6017 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6018 { | |
| 6019 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
| 6020 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
| 6021 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
| 6022 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
| 6023 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
| 6024 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
| 6025 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
| 6026 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6027 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6028 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6029 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6030 if (error) | |
| 6031 return NULL; | |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6034 if (error) | |
| 6035 return NULL; | |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6038 if (status) | |
| 6039 return NULL; | |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6042 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6043 } | |
| 6044 else | |
| 6045 { | |
| 6046 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
| 6047 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
| 9 | 6048 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6049 if (error) |
| 6050 return NULL; | |
| 6051 | |
| 9 | 6052 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6053 if (status) |
| 6054 return NULL; | |
| 6055 } | |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
| 6058 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6059 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6060 | |
| 6061 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6062 #else |
| 6063 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
| 6064 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
| 6065 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
| 6068 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
| 6069 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
| 6070 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6071 | |
| 9 | 6072 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6073 do |
| 6074 { | |
| 6075 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6076 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6077 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6078 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6079 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6082 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6083 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6084 |
| 6085 if (error) | |
| 6086 return NULL; | |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
| 6089 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6090 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6091 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6092 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6093 } | |
| 6094 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
| 6095 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
| 6096 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
| 6097 #else | |
| 6098 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6099 #endif | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
| 6102 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6103 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6104 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6105 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6106 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6109 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6110 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6111 |
| 6112 if (error) | |
| 6113 return NULL; | |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
| 6116 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
| 1212 | 6117 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
| 7 | 6118 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6119 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6120 #endif | |
| 6121 { | |
| 6122 /* Add the volume name */ | |
| 6123 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6124 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6125 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6126 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6129 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 6130 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
| 6131 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
| 6132 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6133 #endif | |
| 6134 } | |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
| 6137 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6138 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6139 |
| 6140 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
| 6141 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6142 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
| 6143 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
| 6144 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
| 6145 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6146 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6147 { | |
| 6148 char *p; | |
| 6149 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6150 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6151 *p = '/'; | |
| 6152 } | |
| 6153 #endif | |
| 6154 | |
| 9 | 6155 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6156 #endif |
| 6157 } | |
| 6158 | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6159 #if defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6160 /* |
| 6161 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6162 */ | |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 /* | |
| 6165 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6166 */ | |
| 6167 void | |
| 6168 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6169 { | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6170 # if 0 |
| 7 | 6171 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 6172 im_start_row = row; |
| 6173 im_start_col = col; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6174 # endif |
| 1562 | 6175 } |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6178 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6179 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6182 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6183 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 static void | |
| 6188 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6189 { | |
| 6190 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6191 OSStatus err; | |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6194 return; | |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6197 { | |
| 6198 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6201 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6202 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6203 } | |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6206 { | |
| 6207 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6208 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6209 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 if (slptr) | |
| 6212 { | |
| 6213 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6214 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6215 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6216 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6219 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6220 } | |
| 6221 } | |
| 6222 else | |
| 6223 { | |
| 6224 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6225 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6226 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 if (slptr) | |
| 6229 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6230 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6233 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6234 } | |
| 7 | 6235 } |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 /* | |
| 6238 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6239 */ | |
| 6240 void | |
| 6241 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6242 { | |
| 1562 | 6243 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6244 OSStatus err; | |
| 6245 | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6246 if (!gui.in_use) |
| 1562 | 6247 return; |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6250 { | |
| 6251 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6254 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6255 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6256 } | |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6259 { | |
| 6260 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6261 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6262 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6263 | |
| 6264 if (slptr) | |
| 6265 { | |
| 6266 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6267 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6268 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6269 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6272 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6273 } | |
| 6274 } | |
| 6275 else | |
| 6276 { | |
| 6277 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6278 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6279 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 if (slptr) | |
| 6282 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6283 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
| 6286 * enter commands easier */ | |
| 6287 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6288 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6289 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6292 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6293 } | |
| 7 | 6294 } |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 /* | |
| 6297 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6298 */ | |
| 6299 int | |
| 593 | 6300 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6301 { |
| 1562 | 6302 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6303 return 0; | |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6306 } |
| 1106 | 6307 |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6308 #endif |
| 1106 | 6309 |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | |
| 6312 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6313 // drawer implementation | |
| 6314 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6315 enum | |
| 6316 { | |
|
8269
553a4c8dd796
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43acbce1bb0a33edc67496b220cae629ad95d2d8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7821
diff
changeset
|
6317 kTabContextMenuId = 42 |
| 1106 | 6318 }; |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6321 static CFStringRef | |
| 6322 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6323 { | |
| 6324 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6325 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6326 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6327 #else |
| 6328 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6329 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6330 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6331 #endif | |
| 6332 } | |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6336 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 2585 | 6341 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
| 4352 | 6342 // and because of this, the tab labels and vim's internal tabs are out of sync |
| 1106 | 6343 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels |
| 6344 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6345 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6346 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 enum | |
| 6349 { | |
| 6350 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6351 }; | |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 static int | |
| 6354 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6355 { | |
| 6356 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6357 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6358 | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
6359 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) |
| 1562 | 6360 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6361 return numTabs; |
| 6362 } | |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6365 static OSStatus | |
| 6366 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6367 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6368 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6369 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6370 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6371 { | |
| 6372 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6375 | |
| 4352 | 6376 // changeValue is true if we have a modifiable list and data was changed. |
| 1106 | 6377 // In our case, it's always false. |
| 6378 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6379 // internalData(); | |
| 6380 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6381 { | |
| 6382 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6385 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6386 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6387 } | |
| 6388 else | |
| 6389 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 return status; | |
| 6392 } | |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 // data browser action callback | |
| 6395 static void | |
| 6396 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6397 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6398 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6399 { | |
| 6400 switch (message) | |
| 6401 { | |
| 6402 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6403 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6404 break; | |
| 6405 } | |
| 6406 } | |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6409 static void | |
| 6410 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6411 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6412 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6413 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6414 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6415 { |
| 6416 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6417 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6418 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6421 } | |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 static void | |
| 6424 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6425 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6426 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6427 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6428 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6429 { | |
| 6430 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6431 { | |
| 6432 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6433 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6436 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6437 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6438 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6439 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6440 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6441 { | |
| 6442 int numItems; | |
| 6443 | |
| 6444 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6445 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6446 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6447 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6448 { | |
| 6449 int idx; | |
| 6450 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 HLock(items); | |
| 6453 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6454 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6455 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6456 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6457 } | |
| 6458 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6459 } | |
| 6460 } | |
| 6461 } | |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6464 static OSStatus | |
| 6465 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6466 { | |
| 6467 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6468 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 return paramErr; | |
| 6471 } | |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6475 static OSStatus | |
| 6476 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6477 { | |
| 6478 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6479 { | |
| 6480 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6481 { | |
| 6482 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6483 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6484 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6485 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 Rect r; | |
| 6488 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6489 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6490 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6491 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6492 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6493 } | |
| 6494 } | |
| 6495 break; | |
| 6496 } | |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6499 } | |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6502 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6503 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 static OSStatus | |
| 6511 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6512 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6513 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6514 { | |
| 6515 long osVersion; | |
| 6516 char *symbolName; | |
| 6517 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6518 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6519 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6522 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6523 return noErr; | |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 // C name mangling... | |
| 6526 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6527 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6528 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6529 return noErr; | |
| 6530 | |
| 6531 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6532 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6533 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6534 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6535 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6536 } | |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 static void | |
| 6539 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6540 { | |
| 6541 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6542 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6543 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6544 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6545 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6548 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6549 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6550 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6551 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6552 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6553 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6556 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6557 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6561 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6562 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6563 | |
| 6564 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6565 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6566 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6567 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6568 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6569 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6570 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6571 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6572 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6573 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6578 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6579 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6580 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6581 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6582 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6583 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6584 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6585 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6588 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6589 // function dynamically) | |
| 6590 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6591 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6594 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6595 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6598 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6599 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6602 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6603 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6606 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6609 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6610 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6611 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6612 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6613 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6614 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6615 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6620 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
|
15134
f2972ff144ab
patch 8.1.0577: tabpage right-click menu never shows "Close tab"
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15034
diff
changeset
|
6621 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close Tab"), 0, |
| 1106 | 6622 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); |
| 6623 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6624 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6625 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6626 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6627 } | |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 /* | |
| 6631 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6632 */ | |
| 6633 void | |
| 6634 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6635 { | |
| 6636 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6637 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6638 else |
| 1562 | 6639 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6640 } |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 /* | |
| 6643 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6644 */ | |
| 6645 int | |
| 6646 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6647 { | |
| 6648 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6651 } | |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 /* | |
| 6654 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6655 */ | |
| 6656 void | |
| 6657 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6658 { | |
| 6659 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6660 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6661 int nr = 1; | |
| 6662 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 // adjust data browser | |
| 6665 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6666 { | |
| 1562 | 6667 int i; |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6670 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6671 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6672 } |
| 6673 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6674 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6677 { | |
| 6678 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6679 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6680 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6681 } |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6684 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6685 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6686 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6687 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6688 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6689 | |
| 6690 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6691 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6692 } | |
| 6693 | |
| 6694 /* | |
| 6695 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6696 */ | |
| 6697 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
6698 gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr) |
| 1106 | 6699 { |
| 6700 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6701 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6704 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6705 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6706 } | |
| 6707 | |
| 6708 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |